Symbol

Table of Symbols

Appendix ���� implication

Symbol Reference � negation, equivalence, relation
= equal to
�, � quantifier
� not equal to
{} set
� identity � empty set, void set, null set
� approximately equal to Conversion of Units
� congruent to Conversion of Length

r
� approaches, ray 10 millimetres (mms) = 1 centimetre (cm)
� proportional to 10 centimetres = 1 decimetre (dm)

Si
< less than 10 decimetres = 1 metre (m)
not less than 10 metres = 1 decametre (dam)
� greater than 10 decametres = 1 hectometre (hm)
not greater than 10 hectometres = 1 kilometre (km)

p
� less than or equal to Conversion of Area
100 square millimetres = 1 square centimetre
� greater than or equal to
ta 100 square centimetres = 1 square decimetre
<< much less than

n
>> much greater than 100 square decimetres = 1 square metre
io
100 square metres = 1 square decametre
a
� infinity
at
100 square decametres = 1 square hectometre
��or � sigma
ic

100 square hectometres = 1 square kilometre

Pr

% percentage
bl

1 hectare = 10000 square metres

+ plus, positive
Conversion of Volume
Pu

– minus, negative
1000 cubic millimetres = 1 cubic centimetre
� plus or minus
1000 cubic centimetres = 1 cubic decimetre
on
n

�a � b 1000 cubic decimetres = 1 cubic metre

�
pi

multiplication
�a � b 1000 cubic metres = 1 cubic decametre
ga
am

1000 cubic decametres = 1 cubic hectometre

�a � b 1000 cubic hectometres = 1 cubic kilometre
� division
Ch

�a / b Conversion of Capacity
Ga

� therefore 10 millilitres = 1 centilitre

� since 10 centilitres = 1 decilitre
— line segment 10 decilitres = 1 litre
� acute angle 10 litres = 1 decalitre
� perpendicular 10 decalitres = 1 hectolitre
�� parallel 10 hectolitres = 1 kilolitre
Conversion of Weight
� triangle
10 milligrams = 1 centigram
rectangle
10 centigrams = 1 decigram
square
10 decigrams = 1 gram (g)
logba logarithm (to base b)
10 grams = 1 decagram
log10a common logarithm
10 decagrams = 1 hectogram
loge a or ln a natural logarithm
10 hectograms = 1 kilogram (kg)
� conjunction (and) 100 kilograms = 1 quintal
� disjunction (or) 10 quintals or 1000 kg = 1 metric tonne

1
 Symbol
Conversion of Time Equivalents of Units
60 seconds = 1 minute Units of Lengths
60 minutes = 1 hour 12 inches = 1 feet (ft) = 0.348 metres
24 hours = 1 day 3 feet = 1 yard (d)
7 days = 1 week 1 yard = 0.9144 metres
15 days = 1 fortnight 22 yards = 1 chain
28, 29, 30 or 31 days = 1 month 1 kilometre = 0.621 mile or 103 metres
12 months = 1 year 1 mile = 1.6093 kilometres or 1760 yards
365 days = 1 year 1 inch = 2.54 centimetres
366 days = 1 leap year 1 hectare = 2.471 acres
10 years = decade Units of Area
25 years = silver jubilee 1 square feet = 144 square inches
50 years = golden jubilee = 0.0929 square metres

r
60 years = diamond jubilee 1 square metre = 1.196 square yards

Si
75 years = radium jubilee or 1 square yard = 0.836 square metres
platinum jubilee 1 square kilometre = 0.3861 square miles
100 years = century = 1000 hectares
1000 years = 10 centuries or 1 millennium 1 square mile = 2.59 square kilometres

p
= 640 acres
ta 1 acre = 4840 square yards
= 4046.86 square metres
100 square metres = 1 acre

n
io
100 acres = 1 hectare
a
at
= 10,000 square metres
ic
Pr
bl
Pu
on
n
pi
ga
am
Ch
Ga

2
 Geometry

Geometry (Line & Angle)

Line and Angle Supplementary angle of an angle is 90° more than

complementary angle.
� Point: Zero dimension figure or a circle with zero
90°
radius.
� Transversal Line : A line which inte rests
(touches) two or more lines at distinct point is
� Line: One dimension figure line is a set of points called transversal lines of the given lines.
having only length with no ends. _________

r
_________ � Parallel lines: two or more line that never

Si
� Line segment: A line with a fixed length. intersects L ��� M

P Q L ���M
L

p
� Ray: A line with uni-direction length. A B d d
M
� Angle: inclination between two sides is called
ta AB ���CD and EF is transversal line

n
angle. AB ���CD EF
io
a
E
at
�ABC = � 2 1
A B
ic

3 4
Pr

A
bl

B 6 5
Pu

C
C D
� Complementary Angle : If sum of two angles is 7 8
90º then they are Complementary to each other. F
on
n

90º Corresponding angles �� �1 = �5, �4 = �8

pi

�2 = �6, �3 = �7
ga
am

Alternate Angles �� �3 = �5, �4 = �6

� Complementary Angle/ � + = 90° �4 + �5 = 180°
Ch

�
�3 + �6 = 180°
Ga

Supplementary Angle : If sum of two angles is � If AB �� CD then find the value of �+�+�?
180º then they are supplementary to each other.
AB �� CD �+�+��
180º
A B
�
�
Supplementary Angles/ � � �+� = 180° �
O
C D
� Angle Complementary Supplementary + + = 360°
� A
a B
43° +90 c
47° 137° C
b
12° 78° +90 168° x
� 90° – � +90 180° – � D
b=a+c+x

3
 Geometry
� A � B
�
LHS �� RHS A a D
m
C D
B E
Sum of angle on RHS = LHS
RHS = LHS n
C F
+ = + b
�
A E
AB DE m
a p = =
BC EF n
B F
an+bm
b q BE =
C G m+n

r
c r

Si
D H

a:b:c=p:q:r

p
a p
= p+q+r
a+b+c
ta
n
io
a
at
ic
Pr
bl
Pu
on
n
pi
ga
am
Ch
Ga

4
 Geometry

Types of Triangles

Triangle � Scalene Triangle

� A triangle is a 3-sides polygon that consists of three A
edges and three vertices.
c b
3
B a C
three unequal sides
� 3 sides, 3 vertices, 3 altitudes, 3 angles
three unequal angles
3 3 3 3
�A��B��C & a�b�c

r
A By Angle

Si
� Acute Angle Triangle
h1
c b

h2 h3
B a C

p
�A+�B+�C=180° ta All three angles < 90° < 90°
� Right Angle Triangle
1 1 1 1
Area � ×a×h 1 = bh 2 = ch 3 = × Base × A
2 2 2 2

n
Corresponding height.
io
a
at
� ah1= bh2= ch3 = constant
B C
ic

1 1 1
Pr

h1 : h2 : h3 = : : One angle is 90°. �B = 90° and �A + �C = 90°

a b c
bl

� Obtuse Angle Triangle

Pu

Type of Triangle

One angle > 90° > 90°

on
n

By side By Angle
pi

� Let �B = largest angle �B

ga
am

By side � side AC = b = largest side

� Equilateral Triangle AC = b =
Ch

A
Ga

c b
B a C
Equilateral triangle has 3 equal sides, each angle
Let �C = smallest angle �C =
60°
� side AB = c = smallest side
60° 3
AB = c =
� Isosceles Triangle
� Inequality of triangle
The triangle inequality states that for any triangle
the sum of the lengths of any two sides must be
� �
greater than the length of the remaining side.
two equal sides
two angle same

5
 Geometry
� |b–c| < a < b+c II. Right Angle Triangle
A A
c b b c
B a C C a B
|a–c| < b < a+c
�C = largest �C =
|a–b| < c < a+b
side c = largest c
� Inequality of Triangle
c =a +b
2 2 2

eg� 4, 9, 15 � not possible � 4 + 9 < 15

III. Obtuse Angle Triangle
5, 10, 15 � not possible � 5 + 10 = 15
A
7, 12, 15 � is possible � 7+12> 15 c
b

r
OR 7+15 > 12 OR 12 + 15 > 7
A C a B

Si
c b �C = largest �C =

B C side c = largest c
a
Sum of any two sides is always greater than 3rd c2 > a2 + b2

p
side. � sides of triangle : 11.7, 16.9, 23.4. which type of �
ta it is?
a+b > c � b > c–a 11.7, 16.9, 23.4. �

n
b+c > a ��b > a–c Take ratio of sides 11.7 : 16.9 : 23.4
c+a > b � � |c–a| < b < c+a io 9 : 13 : 18
a
at
Difference of any two sides is always less than 18 > 9 + 13 �� is obtuse angle triangle.
2 2 2
ic

3rd side. Triplets

Pr
bl

A
�
Pu

� If 10, 17, x are sides of a �, x � integer c b

Then 7 < x < 27
B a C
on
n

� x � {8, 9, 10, .... 26}

b =c +a
2 22
xmin = 8, xmax = 26
pi

(3,4,5), (5,12,13), (7,24,25),

ga

xtotal = 19 values possible 19

am

(8,15,17), (9,40,41), (11,60,61),

� 19 �'s possible 19 (12,35,37), (16,63,65), (13,84,85),
(20,21,29), (28,45,53), (33,56,65),
Ch

Possible values of x = 2×small side –1

(39,80,89), (36,77,85), (65, 72, 97),
Ga

� 2×10–1 = 19
(20, 99, 101)
x 2× –1 � 2×10–1 = 19
multiplication and division on these triplets will
Relation between 3 sides of Triangle
also result in triplets.
3
I. Acute Angle Triangle
(5,12, 13) ���� 2 � (10, 24, 26)
A
(3,4,5) � (6,8,10), (9,12,15), (12,16,20), (15,20,25)

b c Ex: 1�
?
3.5 3

C a B 12 3

�C = largest �C = 7 24 25
side c = largest c �÷2 �÷2 �÷2

c < a +b
2 2 2
3.5 12 12.5 � 3.5 3 , 12 3 , 12.5 3

6
 Geometry
Ex: 2� Angle Bisector
� A
14 ? E
D
32 � 22 = 13
21 C
B
7 ×2 7 ×3 7 × 13 = 7 13 BE � exterior angle bisector of �ABC
Ex: 3� BE � �ABC
2� + 2� = 180°
42 3 6 � 7 � 7 � 3 � 6 7 � 21
? + = 90°
� Angle between internal angle bisector and
18 7 6 7 �3 external angle bisector of an angle is 90°.
3rd side = 6 7 × 21 � 9 = 6 7 × 12 = 12 21
90°

r
Ex: 4�
BD is interior angle bisector of �ABC

Si
9.6 ? 9.6 : 18
BD, �ABC
×1.2 �1.2 � 20.4
8 : 15 : 17 ����
� Vertically Opposite Angle
18
� Exterior angle is equal to sum of opposite interior D A

p
angles.
ta 180– 180–

A+B+C = 180°
B C
A+B = 180° – C

n
� Some other properties
A io
a
at
exterior angle at vertex C
ic
Pr

B C
bl

sum of all exterior angles = 360°

Pu

�+�+� = 3×360° – 180° = 900°

= 360°
� A
Types of Angles
on
n

A
pi

B C
ga

� Acute Angle � 0° < < 90°

am

1 2
B C
�1 + �2 = 180° + �A
A
Ch

� Right Angle � AB � BC =90° � If angles of a � are in A.P., middle angle is always

90°
Ga

B C 60° � A.P. 60°

� Obtuse Angle � (a–d), a, (a+d)
� a–d+a+a+d = 180°
A
3a = 180°
90°< <180°
B C a = 60°
� A + C = 120° & B = 60°
� Straight or line angle �
�A �B �C
= 180°
�
60°– 60° 60°+
C � D C
� Reflex Angle � B
y° z°
A
180°< <360° x°
A
B
�B (internal ) = 360° – (x+y+z)
� Complete Angle � � = 360°
�B (external ) = x°+y°+z°

7
 Geometry
� A A
36° B
21°
C x

19
° D B D
C

x° = 36° + 21° + 19° = 76° AD is the median of side BC AD BC

� BD = DC
D C
x°x 2 b° Perpendicular bisector
x1
y2
� The line segment that is drawn from a vertex to
a° y1 y° the opposite side bisecting it at right angle.
A B

r
a+b = x+y

Si
x1 + y1 = a° A
x2 + y2 = b°
h1
x1 + x2 +y1+y2 = a+b o
x+y = a+b h2 h3

p
B C
� Altitude / Height / Perpendicular ta O = circumcentre
Cevian
The perpendicular drawn from the vertex of the

n
triangle to the opposite side. � Cevian � Any random line which joins vertex to
io
opposite side
a
at
�
ic

A
Pr

A
bl

A Position of cevian
Pu

h
h

C
on

B
n

D C B D
pi

� Angle bisector B C
ga

D E
am

A line that splits an angle into two equal angles.

AD, AE are cevians AD, AE
Ch

� ��ABC is scalene �� ��ABC �

Ga

A A

B D E F C
B C AC > AB
D
� �B > �C
AD is the angle bisector of �BAC, BD and DC need
not be equal � AD will be near to largest among B and C i.e
angle �B and far from small angle �C.
AD �BAC BD, DC
� AD, �B �C �B
�C
Median
AE � Angle bisector of �A
� Line drawn from a vertex to opposite side which
divides the opposite side into equal parts. AE ���A
AF � median i.e. BF = FC
AF � BF = FC

8
 Geometry
� AD � Altitude AD � � In any quadrilateral bisector of �A & �B meet at P.
AE � Angle bisector of �A �A �B P
AE � �A D
C

A P
S Q

R
A
B
B D E C C+ D
APB =
2
�B – �C
DAE = � A B�
2 �APB = 180° – � � �
�2 2�
�A

r
C D
�DAE = – 90° + �B �APB = �
2 2 2

Si
�A + �B + �C + �D = 360°
�A �A �B �C
= – – – +�B �A �B �C �D 360�
2 2 2 2 � � � = =180°
2 2 2 2 2
�A �B �C
+ + =90°

p
�
2 2 2 � �A C D �B �
180° – � 2 � 2 � = �
� � 2 2
�B �C �B –�C
=
2
–
2
=
2
ta Bisector of �C and �D meet at R

n
� A+B+C = 180° �A + �B
io
� �DRC =
2
a
at
A
�P + �R = 180°
ic
Pr

�S + �Q = 180°
bl

� PQRS will be a cyclic quadrilateral.

Pu

I PQRS
2 C/ �
B/ 2 A
on
n

B/2 C/2
B C
pi
ga

�B +�C 180° – �A
am

�A = 180° – (�B + �C) � =

2 2
I
Ch

� �B � �C �
�BIC = 180° – � �
� 2 � B C
Ga

� 180° � �A � �A
= 180° – � 2
� = 90° +
� � 2

A
� BIC = 90° + O
2
�A
� A BIC = 90° +
2
�A
BOC = 90° –
B C 2
AIO will be a straight line and bisect angle A.
O AIO A
A BIC + BOC = 180°
BOC = 90° –
2 BICO will be a cyclic quadrilateral.
�A = 2(90°–�BOC) BICO

9
 Geometry

Area side properties

Area of triangle h
sinC = � h = bsinC
1 b
� Area of � = × base × height
2 c b
CsinB = bsinC � =
1 sinC sinB
� × ×
2 1 1 1
��= acsinB = absinC = bcsinA
A 2 2 2
Side-Angle ratio of some triangles

r
c b a+b+c
s=
2

Si
B a C
� B

Area of � = s � s � a ��s � b ��s � c � 45°

2
� In any �ABC, AD � BC

p
1
A
ta C
45°
A
O

n
1
io 45° 45° 90°
a
at
B C � � �
D
ic
Pr

AB + OC2 = OB2 + AC2

2
sides � 1: 1: 2
bl

O is any point on altitude O

Pu

Sine Rule B

60°
on

A
n

�
a c
pi
ga

c b
am

h
30°
A
Ch

C b
B C
D a
Ga

a:b:c = sin30° : sin60° : sin90°

a b c
= = = K (constant) 1 3
sinA sinB sinC : :1
2 2
a:b:c = KsinA : KsinB : KsinC
a:b:c=1: 3 :2
a:b:c = sinA : sinB : sinC
1 B
Area of �ABC = × base × height
2
75°
1
Area of �� = ×a×h a c
2

1
= ×a×csinB 15°
2
C b A
h
sinB = � h = CsinB
c �a:b:c= 3 –1 : 3 +1 : 2 2

10
 Geometry
C Length of Angle bisector

120° � CD is angle bisector of �BCA

a
CD, �BCA
C
30° 30°
A c B
�a:b:c=1:1: 3 a b
x
Cosine Rule
B A
� A m D n
C
x2 = ab – mn
c b Exterior Angle bisector theorem

r
�

Si
B a C
A
b2 + c2 – a 2 �
cosA = � a2 = b2+c2 –2bc.cosA
2bc �

p
c2 + a 2 – b2 B
cosB = � b2 = a2+c2 –2accosB C D
2ca ta AB DB
a 2 + b2 – c 2 =
cosC = � c2 = a2+b2 –2abcosC AC DC

n
2ab
Stewarts Theorem io 1
a
Ar�ADB � AD � BD � sin �
at
2 BD
� = =
Ar�ADC 1 DC
� AD � DC � sin �180 � � �
ic

C
Pr

� 2
bl

� A
Pu

a b
x C=m+n
on
n

B m n A
pi

C
ga

� 180-�
am

a n+b m=x c+mnc

2 2 2 B C
D
In isosceles triangle a = b � ratio cevian base divide Area
Ch

a2n+a2m = x2c + mnc ratio divide

Ga

a2(m+n) = c(x2+mn) If AD is median BD = DC

a2 = x2+mn � Ar �ADB = Ar �ADC
x2=a2–mn
Interior Angle bisector theorem � C D

� A

� �

A B
B C
D
Ar �ABC = Ar �ABD

AB BD If AB �� CD, same parallel line same base

=
AC DC � Area

11
 Geometry

Similarity of triangles (~)

� Similarity of triangles : Two triangles are similar

if they have the same ratio of corresponding sides
BC AC AB h1 Angle bisector1 median1
and equal pair of corresponding angles. � � �
EF DF DE h2 = Angle bisector2 = median2

r1 R1 perimeter of �ABC
= r = R = perimeter of �DEF
� Similarity of triangles : size may be different 2 2

but shape should be same.

1

r
×BC×h1 2 2 2
Area of �ABC 2 � BC � � AC � � AB �
= 1 = � � = � � = � �

Si
Area of �DEF ×EF×h2 � EF � � DF � � DE �
2
= Ratio of square of corresponding length.
~

p
Thales Theorem
� If a line (DE) is drawn parallel to one side of
ta triangle (BC) then it will divide other two sides in

n
the same ratio. Hence AD : DB = AE : EC
4 4 ~ 2 2
io (DE) (BC)
a
at
2
4
ic

AD : DB = AE : EC
Pr

� If two angle is same in a triangle then third angle

bl

DE �� BC
will be similar.
Pu

A
on

�A = �D
n

corresponding
�B = �E Angles �
E
pi

�C = �F D
ga
am

A
D
�
Ch

B C
50°
50°
Ga

~
�ADE � �ABC
70° 60° AD AE DE
70° 60° E F = =
B C AB AC BC
sides opposite to corresponding angles is called If AD : DB = 8:5
corresponding sides. Ar�ADE 64 64
= =
Ar DECB 169–64 105
�ABC � �DEF Convergence of thales theorem
BC AC AB
� � � (Property)
EF DF DE If D & E two points on AB and AC such that
� In similar triangle ratio of each corresponding AD AE
= then DE �� BC
length is (equal) DB EC

12
 Geometry
Mid point theorem � If we make a right angle triangle in an right angle
triangle then big and small right triangle � are
� The line segment in a triangle joining the mid
always similar.
points of two sides of triangle will be parallel to its
third side and is also half of the length of third
side.

90-�
A
1 D
�ABC � �EDC
2 E
D
90-� �
C

r
B E
1

Si
B C � A
D, E � mid points, AD = DB & AE = EC �
DE �� BC
BC

p
�ADE ���ABC, DE =
2
Ar �ADE : Ar �ABC = 1 : 4
Ar �ADE : Ar DECB = 1 : 3
ta �
B C
D

n
� Convergence of mid point theorem
io
�C = common
a
at
If D is mid point of AB and DE ���BC then E will be �A = �ADC = � (given)
ic

� 3rd angle will be equal �ABC = �DAC

Pr

mid point of AC.

bl

D, AB DE ���BC E, AC ABC DAC

Pu

� A B
Similar figures � �
on
n

� O
pi
ga

90-� 90-�
am

� �
D C
Ch

90-� � AB �� CD
Ga

� 90-� �
�AOB � �COD
A
�

E
�
D
10 14
h1 h2

�
B C
A = common
ABC = ADE = � (given) h1 10
�
h2 14
� 3rd angle will also be equal
ABC ADE h1 : h2 � 5 : 7

13
 Geometry
In a trapezium
B
� � D C
a
D k k
x O
Q
y b
Z
A C
P
A B
xy Ar � ADB = Ar � ACB
Z = x �y
Common Area = ��AOB
z CP z AP
� & y � AC Ar AOD = Ar BOC
x CA
(In a trapezium triangle formed on non-parallel

r
z z CP + AP z z AC sides have equal area)

Si
� � � � � =1
x y AC x y AC �

1 1 1
+ = (Result) K×K=a×b
x y z
K=

p
ab
In any quadrilateral
ta Medial Triangle
� D C � A
A3

n
A1 A2 io
a
O P Q
at
A4
ic
Pr

B C
bl

R
A B
Pu

P, Q, R are mid points P, Q, R

A1×A2 = A3×A4
1
on

Perimeter of � PQR = × perimeter of �ABC

n

A1 A4 2
=
A3 A2
pi
ga

1
Area of � PQR = × Area of �ABC
am

4
Ch
Ga

14
 Geometry

Congruency of triangle

Congruency of triangle (iv) RHS (Right angle-hypotenuse-side) �

� Two triangles are said to be congruent if all three RHS

corresponding sides are equal and all the three
corresponding angles are equal.
�

� Congruency of triangle � size and shape is same �ADB � �ADC

r
�ABC � �DEF
AD � � angle bisector of �A AD � �
�

Si
AD � Median
�ABC � �DEF
AD ��� bisector of BC
A D AD � All 4 centres lie on AD.
A

p
�

90-�
B C E F
ta
0-�
n9
Condition of congruency I
(i) SSS (side-side-side) Corresponding sides are io H G
O
a
at
equal.
B D C
SSS
ic
Pr

P
bl

�
A D
Pu

�
on
n

B C E F
pi

A B
(ii) SAS (side-angel-side) Two side and angle C
ga
am

between them is equal.

SAS - - �PCA � �PCB
Ch

PA = PB
Ga

P is any point
A D
Mass point geometry
� � l1 l2

B C E F
m1 m2
(iii) ASA (Angle-side-angle) Two angle and side
m1l1 = m2l2
between them is equal.
ASA m1 l 2
=
m 2 l1

5m 7.2
�
� � � � 48 kg x kg
Find x = ?

15
 Geometry
5 x 100 Ceva's Theorem
� �x= kg = 33.3 kg
7.2 48 3 � In �ABC, AD, BE and CF are the cevians i.e. any
line from vertex to opposite side.
7.8 m
l1 l2 ABC , AD, BE CF

45 kg 72 kg A
Find l1 = ?
m� 45 : 72 F E
5 : 8
O
l� 8 : 5
B C
�×0.6 D

r
4.8 m

Si
� 13 ���� 7.8
� 0.6 AF BD CE
× × =1
FB DC EA

p
ta
n
io
a
at
ic
Pr
bl
Pu
on
n
pi
ga
am
Ch
Ga

16
 Geometry

Centre of Triangle

Centres of Triangle P is any point on angle bisector of �AOB

�
P, �AOB
PR = PQ
Incentre Orthocentre
� ID = IE = IF = r, �ADI � �AFI
(I) (H)
Circumcentre Centroid �A
(G) � �BIC = 90° +
(C) 2

Incentre (I) �B

r
�AIC = 90° +
2
� Incentre is the intersection point of all three

Si
internal angle bisectors of �ABC. �C
�AIB = 90° +
�ABC 2

a �b�c
� In �ABC � = Semi-perimeter (s)

p
2
A ta � Area �ABC = � = r × s

Δ
r=

n
D
io Area
a
c r
at
r F Inradius = Semiperimeter
I b
ic
Pr

�ABC = �BIC + �AIC + �AIB (Area)

r
bl

B 1 1 1 �a � b � c�
Pu

�= ar + br + cr = r � � =r×s
E C 2 2 2 � 2 �
a
� If altitudes h1, h2, h3 are given then
on
n

Centre of incircle is called incentre and its radius h 1, h 2, h 3

pi

is called inradius (r)

ga

1 1 1 1
am

= + + (Result)
(r) r h1 h2 h 3
Ch

� A
� Incentre always lies inside the triangle.
Ga

c b
� Incentre is equidistant from all three sides of F E
I
triangle.
B C
D
a

A AI b � c
�
ID a

R BI c � a
�
IE b
P
CI a � b
�
IF c
B
O Q

17
 Geometry
� Point = I, O, G, H (lie at same place P)
A AP = R, PD = r
r 3
h = AD = a
� 2
P O
�
r
3
� a2 a h
� 4
B r= � �r= ,r=
s 3a 2 3 3
2
PA = PB
2h a
�AOP � �BOP R= =
3 3
In right angle triangle
R 2 Area of circumcircle 4
� �
r 1 ,

r
P-r Area of incircle 1
�

Si
P-r A
�
H x x
P I
B-r P R

p
2r
r r
y z
O r B
B-r
ta B y Q z C

n
Orthocentre
io
S= x+ y+ z
a
at
P+B – H Area of (�)��ABC = (x � y � z )· xyz
r=
ic

2
Pr

� xyz (x + y + z)
bl

P–r+B–r=H r= =
s x+y+z
Pu

P + B – 2r = H
P�B�H xyz
=r
on

r=
n

2 x+ y+z
Distance between orthocentre and incentre = OI
pi

In any quadrilateral
ga

=
am

2r
� D b C
= OI = 2r
P
Ch

Sides (triplet) Radius (r)

d c
Ga

(r)
Q
(3, 4, 5) r=1
(3k, 4k, 5k) r=k A a B
(39, 52, 65) r = 13 (a + b) – (c + d)
PQ =
2
For equilateral Triangle
� A

� A
r2

r1
R
a a �
P �
O B
r r1 1 � sin �
B C
D r2 = 1 � sin �
a

18
 Geometry
In an Equilateral Triangle

A
�
30° 30°
r3
r

R
3

r
B C
r1 r2

1
1�
r 1 � sin 30� 2 �1
= =

r
R 1 � sin 30� 1 3
1� r= r1r2 � r2 r3 � r3 r1
2

Si
r 1 A
�� = �
R 3

Area small circle 1

p
=
Area large circle 9 E
I
� A circile is inscribed in �ABC. Three tangents PQ,
ta a
RS and TU are drawn of this circle PQ �� AB, RS ��

n
AC and TU �� BC. Three others incircle are also
drawn as shown in figure find correct relation?
B
io
a
b D C
at
ABC
ic
Pr

PQ, RS, TU PQ �� AB, BI = ab = 2r

bl

RS �� AC TU �� BC r = radius of �ABC
Pu

BI ab
r= =
2 2
on
n

A
In Any Triangle
pi

r3
ga

T U
am

� A

S Q
Ch

r
Ga

r2 r3 I
D � E
C �
B R P C
�
�
r = r1 + r2 + r3 B C
� Find relation between r, r1, r2, r3?
DE �� BC
r, r1, r2, r3 I = Incentre (I)
DE = BD + EC

19
 Geometry

Circumcentre and Orthocentre

Circumcentre � Circumradius (R) (R)

� Intersection of all 3 perpendicular bisectors. A
3

Circumcircle C R b
A o
R
A A
R

r
R B a a a C

Si
2 2

O a a
R sin A = � R = 2 sin A
R 2R
B C

p
�
ta x
� Centre of circumcircle is called circumcentre (O)

n
x
(O)
io
R = 2sin �
a
Radius of circumcircle is called circumradius (R)
at
�
(R) a b c
ic
Pr

R = 2 sin A = 2 sin B = 2 sin C

� O is equidistant from all 3 vertex of �ABC
bl

O, �ABC 3
Pu

a b c
� OA = OB = OC = R � = sin B = sin C = 2R
sin A
� Circumcentre may lie inside, outside or on the �.
on
n

1 2�
Area of triangle (�) = bc sin A � sin A =
pi

2 bc
ga

� O is the intersection of all 3 � bisectors of sides

am

O 3� a abc abc
�R= 2� ��R = 4� or =
2� 4R
� �BOC = 2�A; �AOB = 2�C; �AOC = 2�B
Ch

bc
Ga

A Position of circumcentre
A. Acute angle triangle (Inside the ) :
��
R
o
A
R
� 2� 2� �
R
B C R
o
R R
�BOC = 2� + 2� = 2 (��+ �) = 2�A B C

OA = OB = OC = R
O = Circumcentre

20
 Geometry
B. Right angle triangle (Mid point of hypotenuse):- 41
R= = 20.5 cm
2

C 9 � 40 � 41
r= = 4 cm
2
� �
BI (Distance between orthcentre and incentre)
= r 2 = 4 2 cm
� �
A B
R O R BI = r 2 = 4 2
OA = OB = OC = R Distance between orthocentre and circumcentre
� BO = R = 20.5
AB
AB = Hypotenuse ,R= � BO = R = 20.5
2
2� + 2��= 180º BG (Distance between orthocentre and centroid)

r
��+ ��= 90° h 41 2
= = = 13 cm
3 3 3

Si
Hypotenuse H
R= =
2 2 h 41 2
BG = = = 13
3 3 3
A

p
G Centroid C. Obtuse angle triangle (Outside triangle)
R ta
O
R

n
G
B C io
a
at
A
Orthocentre
o
ic
Pr

BO = R = distance between orthocentre and

bl

circumcentre = median of hypotenuse =

Pu

H B C
shortest median =
2 � For any triangle distance between incentre and
on
n

circumcentre (d)
BO = R =
pi

(d)
ga

H
am

2 d= R 2 – 2R·r
BG : GO = 2 : 1
Ch

Where
GO d is tance betw een cen troid an d
Ga

R � Circumradius
R H
circumcentre = = r � Inradius
3 6
d � zero
R H � R2 – 2Rr � O ��R2 � 2Rr ��R �2r
GO � = =
3 6
R
Example : �� �2
r

A �R�
� � =2
� r �min

O Ex. � r = 6, R = 11.2 cm, find area of �

41
9 R 11.2
G � 2 Here < 2 ; No � is possible.
r 6
I � Area cannot be determined.
B
40 C

21
 Geometry
Orthocentre
� A
� Orthocentre (H) is intersection of all there altitude
of a � and may lie inside, upon outside the �.

90
(H) � �

°–
�
� E
F H
A
�
B 90°–� C
C b D
h3 h2 E
F H AH × HD = BH × HE = CH × HF
�AHE � �BHD

r
B C AH HE
D =
a BH HD

Si
��AH × HD = BH × HE
1 1 1 � Position of orthocentre
Area = ah1 = bh2 = ch3
2 2 2
A. Acute angle triangle:- Always inside the
ah1 = bh2 = ch3 = 2 × Area triangle

p
1 1 1 A.
h1 : h2 : h3 = : :
a b c
ta B. Right angle triangle (On 90° vertex):
� AB + BC + CA > AD + BE + CF; B. 90°

n
AB > AD, BC > BE, AC > CF
AB + BC + AC > AD + BE + CF io
a
A
at
� �BHC = 180° – �A
ic
Pr

�AHC = 180° – �B
bl

�AHB = 180° – �C O
Pu

In Quad AFHE
�F = �E = 90° each
on

�A + ��������° B
n

C
Orthocentre
�H = 180° – �A
pi
ga

BHC = 180° – �A (V . opp. Angles) OB = Distance between orthocentre and

am

� H Orthocentre H
circumcentre = R =
Ch

O Circumcentre 2
Ga

H
OB = =R=
2
A
C. Obtuse angle triangle (Outside triangle):-
� �

180°–2�
A
H
o
�
90°–�
B C
C
B
�AOC = (90 – �) × 2 = 180 – 2�
�OAC = �OCA = �
BAH = OAC
H

22
 Geometry
Euler's line
A
� In any triangle H, G, O always in a straight line �
H, G, O
� � E
F
A
H
� � C
2 B
H
G �AEF � �ABC
O
� Interior angle of a cyclic quadrilateral is equal to
1 the opposite exterior angle.
B C
D E

r
HG 2

Si
=
GO 1
�AHG � �EOG
�
HG 2 AH
D C
= =

p
GO 1 OE 180–�
� If h1, h2, h3 are 3 altitudes of a triangle ta
h 1, h 2, h 3 3 �

n
A B
h1h 2 h1h2
Then h � h < h3 < h � h io
a
1 2 1 2
at
1 1 1
ic
Pr

�= ah1 = bh2 = ch3 A

2 2 2 �
bl
Pu

2� 2� 2�
a= h ,b= h ,c= h c h b
1 2 3
on
n

A n
pi

B C
D
ga

a
am

h2 b n circle of equal radii r are made on side 'BC'.

Ch

c r n 'BC'
Ga

h3
Area Δ ABC
h1 r = s + (n – 1)·h
B C
a
s = semi-perimeter
|a – b | < C < | a + b |

2� 2� 2� 2� 2�
� � � �
h1 h2 h3 h1 h2

h2 � h1 1 h � h1
� � 2
h1h 2 h3 h1h2

h1h2 h1h 2
h1 � h 2 > h 3
> h1 � h2

23
 Geometry

Centroid

Centroid
A
� Centroid is the intersection point of all 3 medians
of triangle. 2
3
2 G
� Median divides the triangle into two equal areas.
1
1
� Centroid always lies inside the triangle.
B D

r
A 2

Si
AG = AD
3
1 1
F E 1
G GD = AD
3
1 1

p
Apollonius theorem
1 1
B C � To find length of median.
�
D
6 triangle made by 3 medians have equal area.
a
n
t
3 6
io A
a
at
1
� Area of each triangle �= Area of �ABC
ic

6
Pr
bl

1
Area �AGC = Area �AGB = Area � BGC = Area
Pu

3
�ABC � 180–�
on

A B C
n

D
pi

cos (180°–�) = – cos �

ga
am

2 G 2 � 2 BC2 �
AB + AC = 2
2
�
2 AD + �
4 �
Ch

�
2
Ga

B C
� A
� Centroid always divides median in the ratio 2 : 1.
2:1
F E
A G

F 1 2 E B C
D
1 G

1 1 � BC2 �
AB2 + AC2 = 2 � AD � 4 �
2
B C � �
D

� AC2 �
AG BG CG 2 AB2 + BC2 = 2 � BE � 4 �
2
= = = � �
GD GE GF 1

24
 Geometry
� AB �
2 6
AC2 + BC2 = 2 � CF � 4 �
2
F, E are mid points ��AO = OD = = 3 unit
2
� �
OG = AG – AO = 4 – 3 = 1 unit
BC2 AC2 � AO : OG : GD = 3 : 1 : 2
2 (AB2 + BC2 + AC2) = 2AD2 + + 2BE2 + +
2 2
1
AB2 Area of GEF = Area of ABC
2CF +2 12
2
�
3 (AB2 + BC2 + CA2) = 4 (AD2 + BE2 + CF2)
A
AB2 � BC2 � CA 2 4
=
AD2 � BE2 � CF 2 3
1
AB + BC + CA 4 F E
1< < 1
AD + BE + CF 3

r
G
� GB + GC > BC 4

Si
GA + GC > AC B C
D2
AG + BG > AB
2 �EFG ���BCG
AG = AD
3 Side � 1 : 2

p
Area � 1 : 4
2
BG = BE a Area �ABC = Ar �BGC × 3 = 4 × 3 = 12
3
GEF 1

n
2 � =
t
CG = CF
3 io ABC 12
a
at
2 (AG + BG + CG) > AB + BC + CA Area �EFG = Area �DFG = Area �DEG = 1
� Area �DEF = 1 + 1 + 1 = 3 unit
ic
Pr

2
2× (AD + BE + CF) > AB + BC + CA
bl

3 Area DEF 3 1
� = =
Area ABC 12 4
Pu

4 (AD + BE + CF) > 3 (AB + BC + CA)

� AB + AC > 2AD � If two medians of a � intersect each other at 90°
on

AB + BC > 2BE � 90°

n

AC + BC > 2CF
pi

A
ga

2 (AB + BC + CA) > 2 (AD + BE + CF)

am

AB + BC + AC > AD + BE + CF
Ch

AB + BC + AC F E
� >1 x G y
AD + BE + CF AB AC
Ga

2 2
90°
� A 2y 2x
B C

AB2 + AC2 = 5BC2

F E
O
G AB2
x2 + 4y2 =
4

B C AC2
D y2 + 4x2 =
4
AO : OG : GD = 3 : 1 : 2
AB2 � AC2
�AFE � �ABC 5 (x2 + y2) =
4
Let AD = 6 unit
5 (4x2 + 4y2) = AB2 + AC2
��AG : GD = 2 : 1
� 5BC2 = AB2 + AC2 (Property)
��AG = 4 unit and GD = 2 unit

25
 Geometry
� Special case in isosceles If D, E are mid points, AD and BE are medians,
AB
then DE = =R
AB = AC ��BE = CF 2

AB2 + AC2 = 5BC2 AB

D, E AD BE DE = =R
2AB2 = 5BC2 2
AD2 + BE2 = DE2 + AB2
2
� AB � 5 AB 5
�� � � = �� = AB2
� BC � 2 BC 2 AD2 + BE2 = + AB2
4
� A
5AB2
AD2 + BE2 =
4
��4 (AD2 + BE2) = 5AB2
G ��CB = 2R

r
AD2 � BE2 5

Si
B C =
D AB2 4
If AG = BC or AD = 1.5 BC
��4 (AD2 + BE2) = 5 × R2
���BGC = 90°
AD2 + BE2 = 5 × 4R2
Right Angle Triangle

p
AD2 + BE2 = 5R2
� A
4

O Circumcentre
a� Area of �ABC =
3
× Area of triangle made by using
length of all 3 medians.

n
t
io
:1

4
a
�ABC = ×
at
G
2

3
B C
ic
Pr
bl

Orthocentre Example :
Pu

AO = OC = OB = R Length of 3 medians 15, 36, 39. Then find the area

BO = Hypotenuse median = Shortest median of triangle ABC.
on
n

BO 3 15, 36, 39 ABC

pi

H
ga

=R= Area of triangle made by 15, 36, 39 (triplets)

am

H H 1
Ch

BG = , GO = = × 15 × 36 = 270
3 6 2
Ga

� If D, E are two points on BC and AC. 4 �1 �

Area of �ABC (main �) = 3 � � 2 � 15 � 36 � = 360 cm2
D, E, BC AC � �
B � A

E
D F
G

A C
C E B D
AD2 = CD2 + CA2
BE2 = CE2 + BC2 AC
BE = R =
2
2
CD� � CE
� � CA
2 2
� BC 2
AD2 + BE2 = �� ��� ���� �
� AD2 + CF2 = 5.R2
DE2 AB2
AG2 + CG2 = 5BG2
� AD2 + BE2 = DE2 + AB2

26
 Geometry
Exocentre If we make incircle in � ABC with radius. r then r
�
=
� S

�
r � ABC r=
S
A O2
r2 � � � � �4
O3 r · r1 · r2 · r3 = · · · = 2
r3 c b S S � a S � b Sc �
a
B C r · r1 · r2 · r3 = 2

r1
Example :

O1
13 15
14

r
Si
r
�
r1 =
S�a

� Find r = ?

p
r2 = � = 84 cm2, S = 21
S�b
84
r3 =
�
S�c
a r=
21 � 14
= 12 cm

n
t
io
a
at
ic
Pr
bl
Pu
on
n
pi
ga
am
Ch
Ga

27
 Geometry

Equilateral triangle

Equilateral Triangle � � �
R : a : r
� All sides are equal.
A 2 : 2 3 : 1

Area � 4� : 3 3 : �
30° 30°
a a � Circum circle : area : incircle : square
I, O, G, H

Area 4 : : : 2

r
60° 60° 3 3
B C
a D a

Si
2 2
A
AD � median, angle bisector, altitude, � bisector
3
of BC = a
2 a a

p
AD � BC �
B a C
3 a
a
2

n
�ADB � �ADC
t
� Circle : Square
io
A � � : 2 or 11 : 7
a
3 3 2
at
h= a Area = a
2 4
ic

A B
Pr

All centre lies at same point.

bl
Pu

a 2
Circumradius (R) = , R= h,
3 3
on

D C
n

a 1
pi

Inradius (r) = , r= h
2 3 3 Isosceles Triangle
ga
am

R 2 Area circumcircle 4 � Triangle in which any two sides are equal.

= =
r 1 Area incircle 1
Ch

A
Ga

3
� All 3 medians 3 = a = Height
2
� �
� Side Height Area I
a a
� � � H
G
3 3 2 O
a a a
2 4
B C
2 cm 3 cm 3 cm
2 b D b
2 b 2
2k 3 k 3k
2
AB = AC
28 cm 14 3 196 3 All 4 centre lies on line AD.
4 AD
� �
2
6 6 3 ·3 6 � 9 2 3· 3 6 � 54 3
b2 4a 2 � b2
� Circumcircle Side of In radius AD = a2 � = = Height
4 2
radius equilqteral �

28
 Geometry
b
Isosceles Right Angle Triangle
Area = 4a 2 � b2
4

A
�
45° H
17 17 1 2
15
H
B C 2
8 8 45°
16
1 H
Area of � ABC = 15 × 8 = 120 cm2
2

1 H H H2

r
Area = × × =
2 2 2 4

Si
Perimeter = H � �
2 �1

ap
n
t
io
a
at
ic
Pr
bl
Pu
on
n
pi
ga
am
Ch
Ga

29
 Geometry

Right angle Triangle

Right Angle Triangle How to Find Triplet?

� Triangle in which one angle is 90º. � Odd number
90º
4
� Right angle triangle is inscribed in a semi-circle. 3 32 = 9
5 (3, 4, 5)
2
no. (no.)
Make two factors at a diff. of 1.

r
P H = 2R 12 84

Si
5
2
5 = 25 13 169
r I 13 85

2r � Even number
B

p
Orthocentre 15
82
8 2 = 32
a 17 (8, 15, 17)
P�B�H
r= no. (no.)
2
2

n
t
2
2r = P + B – H
io
Break in two parts at the diff. of 2.
a
2r + H = P + B
at
2r + 2R = P + B
ic

36 8
Pr

2r + 2R = P + B 6 2 = 18 (6, 8, 10)
bl

10
P+B
Pu

r+R=
2 P�B�H (P � B � H)
� r= = –H
2 2
on

H
n

R = BO = Shortest median = r = S – H = S – 2R ��S = r + 2R

2
pi
ga
am

A
R
Ch

O Circumcentre H
Ga

:1 R
2 G P
R
B C

Orthocentre B

2 H �=r·S
BG = R=
3 3
��= S (S – 2R)
R H � = r · S = r (r + 2R) ����= r2 + 2rR
GO = =
3 6
� Area of right angle triangle �
1
PB = r × S = (S – 2R) = r2 + 2rR.
2

30
 Geometry
A �ABD ~ �BDC
x BD AD
�� = � BD2 = AD × CD
x CD BD
D
AB × BC
r BD =
y AC
r r
Maximum Area of a Square Inscribed in a Triangle
B
r y C
Area of ABC = x × y xy
s=r+x+y � Side of square (a) = x + y
��= r · (r + x + y) = xy
�ABC � �ASR
(x + r)2 + (y + r)2 = (x + y)2
A
x2 + r2 + 2rx + y2 + r2 + 2yr = x2 + y2 + 2xy

r
2r (r + x + y) = 2xy � r (r + x + y) = xy
A y-a

Si
�
S R
y
90

D
-�

b c a a a

p
p
� B P Q C

C
90-�
a
�
B
a a
x
y �a
= y

n
�ACB � �CDB � �ADC
t
io
ay = xy – ax
a
1 1 ab
at
ab = c.p ��p = a (x + y) = xy
2 2 c
B
ic

�
Pr

1 c 1 c2 1 a 2 � b2
bl

= �� 2 = 2 2 �� 2 =
p ab p a b p a 2 b2
Pu

c
a
1 1 1
2 = 2 + x
on

p
n

a b2
x
C A
pi

b
ga

� A
am

ab
Side of square (x) =
90

a+b
D
Ch
-�

� B
Ga

�
90-� �
B C p c
a y
AB AD
�ADB � �ABC � =
AC AB C A
b
AB2 = AD × AC
ab
BC CD cp c�
�BDC � �ABC � = y= c�p = c = abc
AC BC ab c2 � ab
c�
BC2 = CD × AC c

AB2 AD abc
2 = Side of square (y) = ,x>y
BC CD a2 + b2 + ab

31
 Geometry
� AP = x and QC = y Shaded part �
Side of square =a= xy A
�ASP � �RCQ
B 2y C 2z
a y + 2x + –
= ��a = xy
x a
A B C
x
�x 2 �y 2 �z 2
= �ABC + � �
2 2 2
P
� 2 � 2
� a = �ABC + z � z = �ABC
a Q 2 2
S
a y Area of shaded part = Area of ABC
a

r
Scalene Triangle
90-� �

Si
B C � All 3 side are unequal.
R
� A Perimeter (P) = a + b + c

2z a �b�c
2x Semi-perimeter =

p
2
2y
C Area of �ABC = S � S � a �� S � b �� S � c �
B a Area of �ABC = r × S

n
t
io
Area of �ABC =
abc
a
Area of shaded part = Area of � ABC 4R
at
� ABC
ic
Pr

x2 + y2 = z2
bl
Pu
on
n
pi
ga
am
Ch
Ga

32
 Geometry

Square and Rectangle

Square � Area of circle : Area of square

� A closed figure with all 4 sides equal and all angles
90º.
90º
1
a
D a C 1
45° 45°
45° 45° a

r
90°
O
(2)2

Si
a 90° 90° a � (1)2 :
2
90° � : 2
45° 45° 11 : 7
45° 45° � P, Q, R, S are mid points of sides of square. PQRS
A B

p
a
is also a square.
d2
� Area = a2 = P, Q, R, S ABCD PQRS
2 a
n
� Perimeter = 4a
t
D R C
� Diagonal bisect the vertex angle. io
a
at
1 1
ic

S Q
Pr

� AC = a 2 = BD
1 1
bl

AC BD
Pu

� AO = BO = CO = DO = =
2 2 A B
P
� Diagonal bisect each other at 90°
Area of ABCD
on
n

90° Area of PQRS =

2
pi

� �DOC � �AOB � �AOD � BOC �

ga
am

D C
R
Ch

r
a
Ga

A a B
a
• Radius of incircle =r= Bigger : Outer : Medium : Medium : Small : Small
2
a circle square circle square circle square
d
• Radius of circum-circle = R= = : : : : :
2 2
d a
= R= = Area 8� : 16 : 4� : 8 : 2 � : 4...
2 2
R 2
= 1 1 1 1
r 1 2 2 2 2
Area of circumcricle 2 or
=
Area of incircle 1 88 : 56 : 44 : 28 : 22 : 14 ......

33
 Geometry
� Largest square inscribed in semi-circle � Area = Length × breadth = l × b
� Perimeter = 2 (l + b)
Diagonal do not bisect vertex angle.

r a AC = BD = l 2 � b2
�ABC � �CDA
o
AC BD
AO = OC = BO = DO = =
2 2
a2 � Diagonals bisect each other but not at 90°
a2 � = r2
4 90°
5 2 4 � �DOC � �BOA and �AOD � �COB
a = r2 � a2 = r2
4 5 � BO is median of �ABC � Ar �AOB = Ar �BOC

r
� Similarly Ar �AOB = Ar �BOC = Ar �COD = Ar �AOD
2

Si
a= r � In square/rectangle/parallelogram/rhombus
5
ABCD�
� P, Q, R, S are mid points of respective sides.
ABCD �
P, Q, R, S

p
D P C
D R C

4
a x y

n
b
t
2 b
S Q io z
a
at
o
ic

3 A B
Pr

1 l
bl

A B
P
Pu

1
�l �b
ABCD � Square/Rectangle Area � APB 2 1
= =
on
n

Area � ABCD l�b 2

1
Area (1 + 2) = Area (3 + 4) = Area ABCD
pi

2 Shaded Area 1
ga

� = � Area (x + y) = Area z
am

Rectangle Area ABCD 2

� A type of quadrilateral that has its parallel sides British Flag Theorem (For Square/Rectnagle)
Ch

equal to each other and all the four vertex angles

are equal to 90º.
Ga

� D C
y
90º z P w

x
D l C
� � A B
� 1 �
Note � AC and BD are not diagonals.
b 1 1 b ��AC BD
o
� P is any point inside P
� 1 � PA2 + PC2 = PB2 + PD2
� � x2 + z2 + w2 + y2 = x2 + w2 + y2 + z2
A l B

34
 Geometry

Parallelogram/Rhombus/Trapezium

Parallelogram � Area of all 4 triangle is same.

� It is a quadrilateral with opposite sides equal and 4�
parallel.
1
i.e., Ar �AOB = Ar �BOC = Ar �COD = Ar �DOA =
4

D Ar ABCD
C
180-� � d12 = a2 + b2 – 2ab cos (180° – �) = a2 + b2 + 2ab cos �

r
d 22 = a2 + b2 – 2ab cos � � d1 > d2

Si
� 180-� d12 + d22 = 2 (a2 + b2)
A B
� Area of Parallelogram
� AB ��� CD and BC ��� AD
D a C
� �A = �C, �B = �D

p
� Angle ratio �x:y:x:y h2
� Opposite angles are equal a b b

n
t
h1
� Sum of two adjacent angles is 180° io
a
A B
at
180° a
ic

� AB = CD and BC = AD
Pr

Area of Parallelogram = ab sin �

bl

� �ABC � �CDA
1
Pu

� Diagonal AC � BD Ar of �ABD = ab sin � = Ar �BDC

2
� ��� �, � � r
1
on
n

� Opposite �'s are congruent � Ar of Parallelogram = 2 × ab sin � = ab sin

2
pi

� Ar of Parallelogram = Base × Height � ah1 = bh2

ga
am

D a C a h2
� � = h
Ch

� 1 d1 � b 1
d2
Ga

b 1 O � P is any point P
1
b
� D a C
1 �
A � �
a B y
z w b
�COD � �AOB b
h2
�AOD � �COB
x h1
BD A a B
� BO = DO =
2
1
AC Area (x + y) = Area (z + w) = Area of Parallelogram
AO = CO = 2
2
ABCD
� Diagonal bisect each other but not at 90°.
90° 1 1
ah1 = bh 2
2 2

35
 Geometry
� D P C D C
d2
x y
2 d1
2
z
O a
d2
d1 2
A B 2
1 A a B
Ar �APB = Area � ABCD
2
d12 d22
� = a2
1 4 4
Ar (x + y) = Ar(z) = Area � ABCD
2 d12 + d 22 = 4a2
� D Q C 1 d1 d2
Area �BOC = � �

r
2 2 2
1 d1 d2 d1 × d2

Si
P Area of rhombus = 4 � � � =
2 2 2 2
Perimeter = 4a
Figure Made After Joining Mid Points
A B

p
Ar � APQ 3 � Scalene quadrilateral � Parallelogram
=
Ar � ABCD 8
Rhombus
a Square � Square

n
� Rhombus is a type of parallelogram with all sides
t
Rectangle � Rhombus
equal and diagonals bisect each other at 90º io
a
Rhombus � Rectangle
at
Trapezium
ic

90º
Pr

� It is a quadrilateral with one pair of parallel

bl

D a C
opposite sides. The parallel sides of a trapezium
�
Pu

180-� � is called bases and non-parallel sides are called

�
legs.
on
n

O
a a
pi

�
ga
am

� 180-�
�
A a B AB ���CD
Ch

� All sides are equal If AD = BC then it is called isosceles trapezium.

Ga

� �A = �C and �B = �D AD = BC
� Diagonal bisect vertex angle.
D C
� �

� Diagonal bisect rhombus into two equal areas.

P O Q
A1 B1
� AC � BD
� All 4� made by two diagonals are congruent. � �
A B
4�

AC BD AC � BD
� AO = OC = and BO = OD = �AOB � �COD
2 2
� Diagonal bisect each other at 90°. AB + CD
PQ =
90° 2

36
 Geometry
� b � b
D C D C
m m
m
P Q :P Q:

n n n

A a B A a B
Area � DCQP m ma � nb
= PQ =
Area � PQBA n m�n
Isosceles Trapezium
ma 2 � nb2
PQ = � D C
m�n
180-� 180-�

r
a 2 � b2 O
If m : n = 1 : 1 Then PQ =

Si
2
� �
� D b C A B
AB ���CD ; AD = BC
�A + �C = �B + �D = 180º

p
c d � Each isosce le s trapeziu m is a c ycli c
quadrilateral.

d1 d2
a �

n
t
or if a trapezium is inscribed in a circle it must
A a B
io
be a isosceles trapezium.
a
at
d12 + d22 = c2 + d2 + 2ab
ic
Pr
bl

1 AC = BD
� Area of trapezium ABCD = × (a + b) × h
2
Pu

D a C
� D b C
on

� �
n
pi
ga

h
am

� �
A P a Q B
Ch

b
A a B
Ga

b �a
�AOB � �COD AP = QB =
2
Area ��AOD = Ar �BOC �APD � �BQC
� Shift � ADP near �BQC ��trapezium converted to
D C rectangle.
x
� ADP �BQC ��
k k
O
y
D C/A p1

A B

k×k=x×y
k= xy
P Q B/D

37
 Geometry

Circle

Circle
� Circle � A round plane figure whose boundary
consists of points equidistant from a fixed point
(the centre).
� O

r
Chord � line touches circumference of circle at
two points. Q

r
P
�

Si
Radius � It is a straight line from the centre to Secant Line
the circumference of the circle. � A straight line that intersects a circle in two points
� is called secant line of circle.

p
PQ = radius of circle =r The

�
P a
n
P
t
r
io
a
at
B Secant PBA
ic
Pr
bl

A
Pu

Q
Area = �r2 � A perpendicular drawn from the centre of a circle
on

= 2�r to a chord bisects the chord.

n

Circumference
PQ = diameter = biggest chord of circle.
pi
ga

PQ = OC � AB � AC = BC
am

or If AC = BC then OC � AB
M
Ch

Major arc AB
Ga

Major segment AMB O

r r
A B A c B
Minor segment AOB
O
Minor are AB � 1. Equal chords are equidistant from the centre.

Tangent Line 2. Equal chords make equal angle at the centre.

� A line that touches the circle at only one point is
known as tangent of the circle.
If AB = CD then �AOB = �COD
or if �AOB = �COD then AB = CD

�OPQ = 90°

38
 Geometry
A C Alternate Segment Theorem
� Angle made by a chord and tangent is equal to the
angle made by the chord in other segment of the
� � circle.
O

B D
� Angle made by an arc on centre is double the angle
B
made by the same arc on the circumference of �
centre.

-�
O

90

-�
�

90
P
� A

r
2� B
O

Si
O
2�
A B A B
� �
�

p
� Angle made by an arc on same side of circle are
equal. A

�
a
n
A
t
� io
a
at
� 180-�
� C O D � P
ic
Pr

�
bl

90– �
2 90+
2
Pu

A B B
�
�
on
n

� Angle made in semi-circle is right angle. �

�ADB = 90° +
pi

2
ga
am

�
�ACB = 90° –
2
Ch

�APB = �
Ga

� AB and CD two chords cuts each other internally

A B
O at point P. Then �
AB CD P �

�AOD � �BOC
�APD = �BPC =
2
� Angle made in quarter circle is 135°.
�APC = 180° – �APD
135°
A

O D
135°

270° P
C
B

39
 Geometry
� AB and CD two chords cuts each other externally
at point P. Then � � B
A
AB CD P � r2
r1
P �
��� r
�APC = �BPD =
� 01 1 r2 02
2
C
D
A
B 0102 = r1 + r2
O
� � P r1 1 � sin �
�
r2 1 � sin �
D
C � If a circle is inscribed in a quadrilateral or a
quadrilateral is circumscribing a circle.

r
�
� �COD = 90� �
2

Si
�AOB D z R
�COD = y
2 z C
y
A
90°- �

p
C 2 S Q

O E � P
a w x

n
t
A B
D io w P x
a
AB + CD = BC + AD
at
B
� Two chords AB and CD cuts each other at point P
ic
Pr

� Perimeter of PCD PCD = 2PA = 2PB internally.

bl

AB CD P
Pu

A
C
PA × PB = PC × PD
on
n

PB PD
E P =
pi

PC PA
ga
am

D
B
Ch

A C
Ga

��PC + CE + ED + PD
� P �
��PC + CA + BD + PD � �

��PA + PB D B
��2PA or 2PB ( � PA = PB) � Two chords AB and CD cuts each other at point P.
� A
AB CD P
D PB×PA = PD×PC
B

C A
B

P
AD = BD = CD
D
�ACB = 90° C

40
 Geometry
� From an external point a secant and tangent is � When two circles touch each other externally and
drawn. Then � common tangent is given �
�
PT2 = PB × PA �
�PAC � �PBD

T A
D
� �
� P
�
A P �
B � �

� TPB � �APT
B
C

r
PB PT
� PA PC
PT PA =

Si
PB PD
� When a circle is drawn between two parallel lines
� Two circles intersect each other at two distinct
and a tangent is given intersecting these two
points and two common tangents are given then �
parallel lines.

�COD = 90°
2� + 2� = 180°
a p AB = CD

n
A
t
R B
� + � = 90°
io P
a
at
r= ab
ic
Pr

A a C
bl

Q
Pu

r a C D
� S
O �
�
on

RS2 = AB2 + PQ2

n

� E
r
b
pi

� AB × AC + AE × DE = AE2
ga

B b D
am

�ABD � �AEC
� When two circle touch each other internally and
AD AB
Ch

common tangent is given � =

AC AE
Ga

� AB×AC = AD × AE
�
�PAC � �PBD A

B
� �
� A
� � �
P B C
� � D �
� C E
D

PA PC
=
PB PD

41
 Geometry
� If two chords intersect each other at 90°.
90°
A
a O2 r2 P
O1
x+y r1
2
x O
x-y r
z 2 w � If two circles do not touch each other, there can
C y D be maximum 4 common tangents.
z+w
2 Direct common tangent = 2
B Transverse common tangent = 2.
x �y �z �w
2 2 2 2
4
r=
2

r
x× y=z×w
A

Si
2 2
�z � w � �x �y � B
r2 = � � +� � P
� 2 � � 2 � S

z 2 � w 2 � 2zw � x 2 � y 2 � 2xy
r2 =

p
4 R Q
C D
x 2 � y 2 � z 2 � w2 a2 � y2 a
r= =
2 2 DCT = AB & CD

n
t
Extrenally Touch TCT = PQ & RS
io
a
� When two circles touch each other externally. Maximum common tangent = 4
at
Then distance between their centres is sum of =4
ic
Pr

their radii. � Intersecting circles

bl
Pu

A
A
E
on
n

B
pi
ga

O1
am

r1 P r1 O2
B
Ch

C F D
AB � common chord
Ga

O1PO2 � straight line

Maximum common tangent = 2
Maximum common tangent = 3 2
AB = CD = EF
� If one circle is made inside other circle and they
Internally touch do not touch each other then no common tangent
� When two circles touch each other internally then is possible.
distance between their centres is difference of
their radii.

O1O2P � straight line

O1O2 = d = r1–r2
Maximum common tangent = 1
=1

42
 Geometry
Direct Common Tangent Divide by r1r2 r3
� Length of DCT DCT
1 1 1
= + (Result)
r3 r1 r2
d � �r1 � r2 �
2 2
A � When two circles intersect each other at two
r1–r2 B distinct points then length of their common chord
C
r1 d AB is � Common chord
r2
O1
d O2
AB �
C D A
CB ���O1O2 r1 r2
P

r
d2 � � r1 � r2 �
2
DCT = AB = CD = O1 O2

Si
Transverse Common Tangent
B
� Length of TCT TCT ��AB = 2AP = 2PB
AP = PB

p
P S
r1 r2 1
Ar ��O1AO2 = � O1O2 � AP

O1 d O2
a �
2
If two circles pass through each others centre.

n
t
R Q
io
a
at
Length of common chord AB is �
AB �
ic

d2 � � r1 � r2 �
2
Pr

TCT = PQ = RS =
bl

DCT > TCT 3

AB = r×2= 3r
Pu

2
� AB = DCT = 2 r1r2
on

A
n

A
pi

B r r
ga

r1
am

r2
O1 r O2
O1
O2
Ch

r r
Ga

d=r1+r2
B

� r1 � r2 � � � r1 � r2 � =
2 2
DCT = 4r1r2 = 2 r1r2

� AB = AC + BC

A
C
B
r1 r3
r2

2 r1r2 � 2 r1r3 � 2 r2 r3

43
 Co-ordinate geometry

Co-ordinate Geometry

+y
+y
� (0,3) I quadrant
II quadrant P ��(x, y) ��(r cos�, r sin�)
(0,2) r y
(0,1) –x � +x
x
–x +x
O
(–3,0) (–2,0) (–1,0) (1,0) (2,0) (3,0)
(0,–1)
III quadrant IV quadrant
(0,–2)

r
–y
(0,–3)

Si
y x
–y sin � = cos ��=
r r
O (origin) � (O, O)
x2 + y2 = r2
P ��(x, y)
y
Ordinate

p
tan ��=
x
abscissa
Mid Point Formula
Equation of x-axis � y = 0
x �y= 0
a � A mid point is the middle point of a line segment

n
which is equidistant from both the end points.
t
Equation of y-axis ��x = 0
io
Mid point
a
at
y �x=0
ic

� Representation of points
Pr
bl

mid point
Pu

Q(–8,5) A(x1,y 1) C B(x2,y2)

on
n

P(7,4)
� x1 � x 2 y1 � y 2 �
Mid point C = � , �
pi

� 2 2 �
ga
am

O Distance formula
� Distance between two points is the length of the
S(–5,–5)
Ch

R(10,–8) line segment that connects the two points in a

Ga

plane.

� Pole � Reference point in polar co-ordinate system

the co-ordinates is called a pole. � x 2 � x1 �
2
A � (x1, y1) � AB = � (y2 � y1 )2
Polar co-ordiantes of a point
B � (x2, y2)
� When each point on a plane of a 2D co-ordinate
� Intersection formula
system is decided by a distance from a reference
point and an angle is taken from a reference (A) Internal division �
direction. It is known as the polar co-ordinate m1 : m2
system.
A (x1, y1) P B (x2, y2)
2D
� m1x 2 � m2x1 m1y 2 � m2y1 �
P �� � , �
� m1 � m2 m1 � m2 �

44
 Co-ordinate geometry
(B) External division (O, C)
AP : PB = m1 : m2
C
m1 �
O
A P (0,0)
(x1,y 1) B m2
(x2,y2)

� m1x 2 � m 2 x1 m1y2 � m2y1 �

P �� � , � � ax + by + c = 0
� m1 � m 2 m1 � m2 �
by = – ax – c
Slope of a Line �ax c
y= �
� The slope of a line is a measure of its steepness. b b
It is the change in y co-ordinate with respect to
y = mx + c

r
the change in x co-ordinate.
y –a – x of coff.

Si
compare m = b = y of coff.
x
Slope of a line/ (m) = tan ��(slope) � If two lines are parallel to each other their slope
will be equal � m1 = m2
y 2 � y1

p
tan ��= x � x
2 1
��m1 = m2

(x2, y1)
a � a1 �a 2
b1
�
b2

n
t
(y2–y1) io
a1 b1
a
� a � b
at
(x1–y1) � 2 2
x2–x1
ic
Pr

�
bl

a2 x + b2 y + c2 = 0
Pu

m2 = tan �

a1 x + b1 y + c1 = 0
on
n

� � m1 = tan �
pi

Standard equation of a line

ga

�
am

� ax + by + c = 0

�a
Ch

slope =
b
Ga

� Point from of a line � If two lines are perpendicular to each other �

Slope of line AP = slope of line AB.
AP AB
a2 x + b1 y + c1 = 0
A P B m1 = tan �
(x1, y1) (x, y) (x2, y2)

y � y1 y 2 � y1 y2 � y1 90 + �
� (x � x1 ) �
x � x1 x 2 � x1 � y – y1 = x 2 � x1

y – y1 = m (x – x1) a2 x + b2 y + c2 = 0
m2 = tan (90 + �) = – cot �
� Slope =m
Intercept on y-axis y- =c
y – c = m (x – 0) � m1m2 = tan ��(– cot �)
y = mx + c m1m2 = – 1

45
 Co-ordinate geometry
Intercept form of a line Concurrent Lines
� Intercept at x-axis = a � Lines passing through a single point
x- a
Intercept at y-axis = b
y- =b
x y
+ =1
a b
(0, b) –b
y – 0 = a ( x – a)
x y
� Intercept by line � = 1 between both axis
a b
(a, 0)
x y
� =1

r
a b
�y x

Si
� �1 = a 2 � b2
b a
x y
1= �
a b (O, b)
� Equation of line parallel to line ax + by + c = 0 is ax

p
+ by = k. a 2 � b2

ax + by + c = 0 ax + by =
k
a O
(a, O)

n
t
Equation of line perpendicular to line ax + by + c =
0 is bx – ay = k. io
a
at
ax + by + c = 0 bx – ay =
ic
Pr

k � Line ax + by = 0 always passes through origin.

bl

(A) If two lines are a1 x + b1 y + c1 = 0 and a2x + bz y + c2

ax + by = 0
Pu

= 0 are parallel to each other then m1 = m2 and

Angle Between Two Lines
a1 b c
� 1 � 1 ��� acute angle
on

a 2 b2 c 2 �
n

Let angle between two lines = � and their slopes

pi

a1 x + b1 y + c1 = 0 ax2 + b2 y + c2 = 0 are m1 and m2 then

ga
am

a1 b1 c1 �
m1 = m2 � �
a 2 b2 c 2 m1 m2
Ch

No intersecting point m1 � m2
Ga

� No solution possible tan ��= 1 � m m

1 2
(B) If two line are co-incidents on each other then
a1 b c m1 � m2
� 1 � 1
a 2 b2 c 2 and infinite solutions ��= tan–1
1 � m1m2
a1 b1 c1 � Distance of line ax + by + c = 0 from a point (x 1, y1)
� �
a 2 b2 c2 ,
(x1, y1) ax + by + c = 0

(C) If two lines intersect at single point then m1 � m2 ax1 � by1 � c

��
a1 b a 2 � b2
� 1
a 2 b2 , unique solution possible � Distance of line ax + by + c = 0 from origin

m1 � m2, ax + by + c = 0
a1 b1 C
�
a 2 b2 =
a � b2
2

46
 Co-ordinate geometry
� Distance between two parallel lines:- � Reflection of point (x, y) across the line y = x is
(y, x).
ax + by + c1 = 0 (x, y) y=x (y, x)
ax + by + c2 = 0 5. Reflection over y = – x � Both co-ordinates
change their place and sign as well.
C1 � C2
distance = y y=–x�
a 2 � b2

Reflection � Reflection of point (x, y) across the line y = – x is

� A reflection is the mirror image of the shape. (–y, –x)
(x, y) y=–x (–y, –x)

Types of reflection in co-ordinate system Centroid and Incentre

� A � (x1, y1)

r
p

Si
h c G b
I

Mid point

p
B a C
h (x2, y2) (x3, y3)

p
1
a G � Centroid

n
t
1. If reflection is asked about origin change only io
I � Incentre
a
at
signs
� x1 + x 2 � x 3 y1 � y2 � y3 �
ic

G� � , �
Pr

� 3 3 �
bl
Pu

–3, + 2 � ax1 � bx 2 � cx 3 ay1 � by2 � cy 3 �

I� � , �
� a�b�c a�b�c �
on
n

Equation of Circle
Where (a, b) are co-ordinates of center of circle
pi

�
ga

(3, –2) and r is the radius.

am

(a, b) r
2. Reflection over x-axis � x-co-ordinate remains
Ch

Equation of circle �
same but y co-ordinate changes its signs.
(x – a) + (y – b) = r
Ga

2 2 2

x- � x- y

r
3. Reflection over y-axis � y co-ordinate remains
same but x co-ordinate changes its signs.
(a, b)
y � y
x
4. Reflection over y = x � When a point is reflected
across the line y = x, the x-co-ordinates and y if centre is origin
co-ordinates change their places. x2 + y2 = r2
y=x� y = x x- y � Area enclosed by �x�+�y� = a ��2a2
�x�+�y� = a ��2a2

47
 2D

2 Dimension Mensuration 2

� Zero-Dimensional figure � (point) A

�

One-Dimensional figure only length. h1

c b

h2 h3
B a C
Two-Dimensional figure ( )

B Length and Breadth 1 1 1 1

L Area (�) = ×Base×Height = ah1 = bh2 = ch3
2 2 2 2

r
Three-Dimensional figure � ah1 = bh2 = ch3 = (constant)

Si
H Length, Breadth & Height
1 1 1
�a:b:c= : : (Result)
h1 h2 h3
L B
2. Right angle triangle
� For Any 2D figure �

p
P H
1
5
6
7 15 21 a �
B
Area(�) =
2
× PB

n
18
t
� If each corresponding length of any 2D figure = K io
Perimeter = P+B+H
a
at
times. P�B�H
Inradius (r) =
ic

2
Pr

=K
bl

Then, perimeter = K times =K Hypotenuse H

Circumradius (R) = =
Pu

2 2
Area = K2 times = K2
Triangle 3. Isosceles right angle triangle
on
n

1. Scalene triangle
pi
ga

A
am

H H
2
H2
Ch

c b H Area(�) =
4
Ga

2
B a C
Perimeter = 2H+ 2H = H( 2 +1)
Perimeter =a+b+c
4. Equilateral triangle
a+b+c
Semi-Perimeter (s) =
2 A

Area(�) = s � s � a ��s � b ��s � c �

a a
h
1 1 1
Area (�) = bcsinA = absinC = acsinB B C
2 2 2 a

Area Side/ =a
Inradius (r) =
S

abc a h
Circumradius (R) = Inradius (r) = or
4 � Area 2 3 3

48
 2D
a 2h 5. Isosceles triangle �
Circumradius (R) = or
3 3
A
Perimeter = 3a
� �
3a 2 2
Height (H) =
2 a a
o h
3 2
Area (�)�= a
4
� �
a(side) height Area B C
b b b
2 3 3 2 2

� �k � �k � �k2 4a 2 � b2
Height =
2K 3K 3K
2
(Result) 2

r
� Heronian Triangle: All sides and area is integer. b
Area = 4a 2 � b2
4

Si
Find the Area of � with side � 1 2
Area = a · sin �
36, 29, 25 2
29, 20, 21 Perimeter = 2a + b

p
15, 20, 25 (use the common triplet) A
�
15 + 21 = 36 (Acute �)

common
2 90° triplet a
1 length x c
Pa
b x

n
t
A
B
io x C
a
at
ABC � Equilateral � with side x and height H.
ic

ABC � x H
Pr

29 25
20
bl

P � Any point inside triangle./

Pu

B 21 D 15 C a,b,c � � (Perpendicular) from point P on each side

a,b,c � P ��
on

1
n

Area of triangle = ×36×20 = 360 cm2 H = a+b+c

2
Area �ABC = �BPC + �APC + �APB
pi
ga

� 57, 60, 111 � Find Area

am

3 2 1 1 1
Simplify by 3 3 � 19, 20, 37 x = xa + xb + xc
4 2 2 2
Ch

12 16 12 35
3 2 x 3
Ga

35–16 = 19 (obtuse �) x = (a+b+c) � x = a+b+c

4 2 2
� H = a+b+c
A
2
x= (a+b+c) (Result)
3
37
12 1
20 Area of �ABC = (a+b+c)2
3
30°
B 16 19 cm D A
�
P
1 b b
Area = ×19×12 = 114 x b a b
2
B a a C Q x x R
� Area of original �� �
114 × (3)2 � 114 × 9 � 1026 cm2 Area of �ABC = ax = Area of �PQR

49
 2D
� If regular polygon have same perimeter then figure � Area of quadrilateral made by joining the mid
with more number of sides have greater area. points of all sides of given quadrilateral is half of
the original quadrilateral.

� Area of square > Area of ��with same perimeter.

� > � Square

� Infinite sides � circle �

D a C
� circle has more area then any other closed
r
figure.
�
a O a

Quadilateral r

Quadrilateral A a B

r
Area of �AOB = Area of �BOC = Area of �COD =

Si
Square Rectangle Parallelogram Rhombus Trapezium
a2
Quadrilateral : A closed shape and a type of polygon Area of �AOD =
4
that has 4 sides, 4 vertices and 4 angles.
Perimeter = 4a
4

p
4 4 d2
Area = a2 =
C a diameter =a 2
2

n
t
D
B io a
a
at
Inradius (r) =
2
ic
Pr

d a
bl

A Circumradius (R) = =
2 2
Pu

�A + �B + �C + �D = 360°
Area of circumcircle 2
� Area of Quadrilateral R : r = 2 :1, �
Area of incircle 1
on
n

D C
� If we make circle inside a square and again make
pi
ga

h2 a square inside the circle and so on... the area

am

h1 will becomes half and so on.

A B
Ch
Ga

1
Area = × BD × (h1 + h2)
2

1
= × diagonal × (Sum of perpendiculars drawn
2
on this diagonal)

1
= × ×
2
� In any Quadrilateral

D C
A3
Area of largest square : middle : smallest
A4 A2
A1
A B 4 : 2 : 1
A1 × A 3 = A 2 × A4 � Largest : smallest �4:1

50
 2D
Rectangle
� D C
� 1
A H
B G 1 1 B
O
1
A B
L
C F Perimeter (P) = 2(L + B)
D E Area (A) = L×B
Diagonal = AC = BD = L2 � B2
Area of A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H is equal Area of �AOB = Area of �BOC = Area of �COD
� LB
= Area of �AOD =
4
� Radius of maximum size circle that can be put

r
Breadth

Si
3a 2 inside rectangle =
Shaded Area = 2
14

D a C Breadth
=

p
2
a a 4 2
Area of leaf = a Parallelogram

A a B
a
7
� D a C

n
t
Area of leaf
iob b
a
at
a C
=a + a –
ic

A a B
Pr

A a a
bl

Perimeter = 2 (a + b)
Pu

� 2 2 �� � 4 AC + BD = 2 (a + b2)
2 2 2

a –a = � � 1� a2 = a2
2 � 2 � 7 Area = Base × Height
on
n

� If side of square =a If length of one diagonal is d d

pi

Then Area = 2 s(s � a)(s � b)(s � d)

ga
am

r1
D C a�b�d
Where s=
2
Ch

r3
Rhombus
Ga

� D a C
r2 d1
O d
a 2 a
A a B
A a B
a 3a a Perimeter = 4a
r1= , r2= , r3=
16 8 6
4a2 = d12 � d22 (Property)
� a 3a a �
r1:r2:r3 = � : : � × 48 = 3 : 18 : 8 1
�16 8 6 � area = � d1 � d2
2
Area = Base × Height
Area of ��������� Area of � BOC = Area of COD =
Area of �AOD

51
 2D
Trapezium Circle
� b �
D C
h d1 r
d O c
d2
A a B
Perimeter =a+b+c+d circumference
= constant =��
1 diameter
Area = (Sum of parallel sides
2 C
) × distance between them =�� � Circumference = 2�r
2r
Area = �r2
1 radius c=2�r A=�r2

r
Area = (a + b) × h
2 7 44 154

Si
7K 44K 154K2
d12 � d22 = c2 + d2 + 2ab (Property)
24.5 44×3.5 154×(3.5)2 � 24.5=7×3.5
Path Around or Inside a Rectangle
28 44×4 154×16
Sector of a circle
1. Crossing road inside rectnagle

p
�

� b
a
n
O
t
x io r r
a
at
A B
ic

l
Pr

x l
bl

�
Pu

Area of crossing road = lx + bx –x2 � = central angle = (sector is what part of

360�
= x(l+b–x)
circle)
on
n

Perimeter of path = 2(l + b – 2x)

�
2. Path inside a rectangle �= =
pi

360�
ga
am

x
Area of sector OAB =
x x b
Ch

x θ lr
× �r 2 =
l 360° 2
Ga

Area of path = 2x (l + b – 2x)

θ
Perimeter of path = 4 (l + b – 2x) Length of AB = l = × 2�r
360°
Where x is the width of the path. x
�c
3. Path Outside a rectangular field �° = � ×
180

��
x l = r×
180
x b x
l
x l
l = r�c or �c =
r
Area of path = 2x (l + b + 2x)
Perimeter of path = 4 (l + b + 2x)
Where is x is the width of path x

52
 2D
Segment For semi-circle
� Minor segment � 22

O 7 7
Radius Circumference Area
7 120° 7
7 36 77
30° 30°
A 7 3 B Perimeter = �r + diameter
Minor Segment
�r 2

Area =
2
Area of minor segment = Area of sector – Area of
For a quadrant
�OAB

r
�OAB �
11

Si
120� 1 7
� × 154 – × 7 × 7 × sin120°
360� 2
7
154 49 3 Radius Circumference Area
� – ×
3 2 2

p
� 154 49 3 � 77
� �� 3 � 4 �� cm2
� �
a 7 25

2 �r
2
= 38.5

�r

n
t
� Major segment Perimeter =r+r+ = 2r +
io 4 2
a
Area of major segment �
at
�r 2
Area =
4
ic
Pr

�
bl
Pu

210° Major Segment

O
10 150° 10
on
n

A B
pi

7 3
ga
am

Length of string = 2�r + 2 × number of circles

Area of sector (210°) + Area of �OAB
Ch

= 2�r + 2 ×
(210°) + �OAB
Ga

210� 1
�� × 100��+ ×10×10×sin150° �
360� 2 A r r
B
r r
7 1 1
�� ×100��+ ×10×10×
12 2 2 r r O
C
� 175� �
�� � � 25 � cm2
� 3 �
�ABC = equilateral �
Perimeter of segment
OB = circumradius
� �� �� Let radius of small circle = x
= 2r � � sin �
� 360 � 2�
x
side of equilateral� 2r
OB = �
3 3

53
 2D
2r
�x= –r
3
Derived Figure
�2- 3 �
x = �� �×r
� 3 ��
15
If we draw a big circle around these 3 circles, then
2r R 15
radius of that big circle � y = +r radius of shaded part = =
3 6 6
3 � n semi-circle (even) drawn on diameter AB
2r n AB
�y= +r
3 R
Radius of each small semi-circle =
n

r
�2� 3 �
y = r × �� � (Result) R
3 �� =

Si
� n
� Two circles of equal radius are touch each other
as shown in figure, a square of side 'a' is placed R
+r
between two circles. One side of square is on n
R–r

p
direct common tangent of both circles, find r/a?
r a A R B
O

r/a
a �R
2
� �R�
2

� � r � = � � +(R–r)2

n
�n � �n�
t
io
After solving this
a
at
O1 O2 nR
ic

radius of small circle r = 2 � n +1�

Pr
bl
Pu

r 5
=
a 2
on
n

8
pi

� R Here, n = 2, R = 8
ga

R
am

6
3 � radius of shaded part

2� 8 8
Ch

Base Figure = =
R R 2� 3 3
Ga

2
� Find A/B = ?
R
4
A A

B B

Derived Figure B B

A A
12
24
A=B (Property)
R 12
radius of shaded part = = =4 A
3 3 =1:1
B

54
 2D

Polygon

� Polygon: closed figure of 3 or more sides. 2

1 (4–2) × 180° = 360°
3
or 2��= 2 × 180° = 360°
.......

Polygon
3 2
� (5–2) × 180° = 540°
1

r
convex/ concave/ or 3��= 3×180 = 540°

Si
* each interior angle is any one angle is more � Each interior angle of a regular polygon � �
less than 180° than 180° � n � 2� � 180�
All diagonals lins inside Any one diagonal or more n
will be outside. � n � 2� � 180�
� �

p
* 180° n
� Sum of all exterior angles of a 'n' sided polygon �
180° a 360°
'n' � 360°

n
*
t
�
io
�I + �E = 180° × n
a
at
(n–2)180° + �E = 180° × n
Ex:
180°n – 360° + �E = 180° n
ic
Pr

�E = 360°
bl

Regular polygon
I + E = 180°
Pu

� Always a convex polygon

Internal angle + External angle = 180°
* each side is equal
360°
on
n

* each interior and exterior angle is equal � Each exterior angle of a regular polygon =
n
pi

360°
ga

=
am

n
360°
No. of sides =
Ch

E
n �n – 3�
Ga

Regular Hexagon: 6 sides/

� No. of diagonals in a polygon =
6 vertices/ 2
n � n � 3�
6 integior angles/ =
2
6 exterior angles/
Regular Hexagon
� n sides polygon have: n vertices, n interior E a D
angles, n exterior angles.
�n n n n a a
a a

� Sum of all interior angles of a polygon with n sides F a a C

n a 60° a
� (n–2) × 180° a a

60° 60°
1 � (3–2)×180° = 180° A a B

55
 2D
Each Interior angle = 120° Area � EAC 1
Area ABCDEF
=
Each exterior angle = 60° 2
� E R D
Total diagonals =9
Large diagonal = FC = AD = BE = 2a
Perimeter = 6a
Regular Hexagon = 6 equilateral � = 3 Rhombus
F C
6 � =3

3 2 3 3 2 P Q
Area = a ×6 = a
4 2
r = Short diagonal = FD = DB = BF = 3a A B
Circumradius (R) = a (side) P, Q, R are mid points P, Q, R

r
E a D 2a
� F C

Si
1 1
a a P Q 2a � a 3a
PQ = =
1 1 1 1 2 2
A a B
F C
3a

p
1 1 1 1 �PQR = equilateral � with side
2
a a
1 1 a �
Area � PQR
=
3 9 2
4 4
� a
=
3

n
Area ABCDEF
t
A a B 3 2 8
6 equilateral ��formed. 6 � io 6�
4
a
a
at
Area of each ��is same. � Octagon
ic
Pr

� 3 Rhombus of equal area in a regular hexagon. � Regular figure with 8 sides

bl

3 8
Pu

E D Let side of octagon = a

=a
on
n

a a
pi

a a
ga
am

F C a a
a a
Ch

� �
Ga

Area = 2 2 � 1 a2

A B Perimeter = 8a
E a D
a
� Inradius (r) (r) =
1 2 2�2
a a
a 2� 2
1 Circumradius (R) (R) = = a
1 1 2� 2 2
F C
1 Each interior angle = 135°
a a = 135°
1 Each exterior angle = 45°
A a B = 45°
��EAC = equilateral ��of side 3a Number of diaonal = 20
��EAC = 3a � = 20

56
 3D

3 Dimension Mensuration 3

� 3 Dimension: Length, breadth, height Cube

3 � A Solid figure in which length, Breadth and height
are equal.
Lateral surface Area (LSA):

surrounding area except (of figures having flat �

surface) top and bottom
a

r
Total surface area (TSA) : a
a

Si
Area of all surfaces of a figure (LSA) + area of bases
(top/bottom) 6 faces
(LSA) + 8 vertices
12 edges

p
Curved surface area (CSA) : LSA = 4a2
of figures having curved surfaces like cylinder, Volume = a3
cone etc.
(CSA)
a TSA = 6a2

n
t
Diagonal = 3a
io
a
Euler's Theorem: for any 3D flat surface figure
at
CSA : Area of only curved surfaces except top and
3
bottom.
ic
Pr

V+F–E=2
CSA
bl

� When a cube of maximum size put inside a

Pu

hemisphere.
Volume capacity :
on
n
pi

1m
ga
am

a a
r
1m a
Ch

1m a
2
2 a
Ga

volume = 1×1×1 = 1 m3
1 km = 1000 m
r r
1 m = 100 cm
1m3 = 1000 Liter
2
� 1m3 = 103L a= r
3
� 1L = 10–3 m3
1L = 10–3 × 106 cm3 a2 3
+ a2 = r2 �� 2 a2 = r2
� 1L = 103 cm3 2
� 1m = 100 cm
2
1m = 1000 mm a (side of cube) = r
3
1 decimetre = 10 cm
1 km = 100 decametre

57
 3D
Cuboid � If x is the thickness of a cuboid, then volume of
the hollow cuboid = lbh – (l – 2x) (b – 2x) (h – 2x)
�
x lbh –
H (l – 2x) (b – 2x) (h – 2x)
� Making open rectangular box by cutting 4 corners
B of a retangular sheet.
L 4
Face/ =6
x x
Vertices/ =8
x x
Edge/ = 12 b
x x
Adjacent faces = LH, BH, LB x x
LSA = 2(bh + lh) = 2(L+B) × H = Area of 4 walls l
Volume of rectangular box = (l – 2x) (b – 2x)x.

r
TSA = 2(LB+BH+HL) = (l – 2x) (b – 2x)x.

Si
Volume = L×B×H Cylinder

Diagonal = r
L2 � B2 � H2 �
� If area of 3 adjacent faces of a cuboid are x, y, z
after
respectively.

p
h opening
3 x, y, z
r
volume = xyz
a Volume = �r2h = Base Area = × Height

n
x = lb y = bh z = hl
t
xyz = l b h
2 2 2
io
CSA = 2�rh = Base Perimeter × Height
a
TSA = CSA + 2 × Base Area = 2�rh + 2�r2 = 2�r(r+h)
at
xyz = lbh = volume
ic

CSA h
Pr

� If x, y, z are diagonals of three adjacent faces of a Ratio �� =

TSA r + h
bl

cuboid
� Folding of rectangular sheet to form a cylinder
Pu

y
H
on
n

z
b
pi

x B
ga

L l
am

x, y, z A Folding along length

Ch

x= l 2 +b2 x +y +z =2(l +b +h )
2 2 2 2 2 2
Ga

x2 � y2 � z2
y= 2
b �h 2 l2+b2+h2 =
2 h=b

x2 � y2 � z2
z= h2 � l 2 D = l 2 � b2 � h2 =
2
l
x2 � y2 � z 2 x2 � y2 � z 2 y2 � z2 � x2 2�r = l r=
l= , b= , h= 2�
2 2 2
B Folding along breadth
�x 2
� y 2 � z 2 �� x 2 � y 2 � z 2 ��y 2 � z 2 � x 2 �
Volume =
2 2
� Longest rod that can be put inside a cuboid (Room)
= Diagonal = h=l
l 2 + b2 + h 2
b
2�r = b r=
2�
l 2 + b 2 + h2

58
 3D
Hollow Cylinder a
Radius of cylinder =
2
� r
Height of cylinder =a
vol. of cube 14
Ratio �� �
h vol. of cylinder 11
� Maximum size cylinder inside a cone
R
Thickness

thickness =t
volume of metal = �R2h – �r2h
= �(R2 – r2)h
Volume = �(R+r) (R–r)h

r
CSA = 2�(R+r)h
Height of cone =H

Si
TSA = 2�(R+r)h + 2�(R2–r2)
Height of cylinder =h
= 2�(R+r) (h+R–r)
Radius of cone =R
� A maximum size cone inside a cylinder
Radius of cylinder =r

p
R H
� (Property)
r H�h
a Cone

n
h
t
� Apex
io
a
semi-vertex angle
at
r
l (slant height)
ic
Pr

vol. of cylinder 3 h
bl

Ratio �� �
vol. of cone 1
Pu

� A cylinder encloses a sphere r

on
n

l2 = h2 + r2 �l= h2 � r 2
pi

1 2
ga

volume = �r h
am

3
h = 2r CSA = �rl
Ch

TSA = �rl + �r2 = �r (r + l)

Ga

r � If H, C and V are the height, curved surface area

and volume of a cone. Then find the value of
Height of cylinder = Diameter of sphere
3�VH3–C2H2+9V2?
H, C V
vol. of cylinder 3 3�VH3–C2H2+9V2
Ratio �� vol. of sphere � 2

� A maximum size cylinder inside a cube

Let r = 1, h = 1 �l= 2

1
Volume = �, C= 2�
3

1 1
a 3�VH3 – C2H2 + 9V2 = 3�× ��– 2�2 + 9 �2
3 9
� �2 – 2�2 +��2 = 0

59
 3D
� If S denotes the area of the curved surface area of �
a right circular cone of height and semivertical 2�r = 2�R ×
360�
angle � then S equals?
S h �
r=R
360�
� S
slant height of cone = radius of sector, h = R 2 � r 2

� h = R 2 � r2
h l r h
tan��= cos��= Cutting of Cone
h l
r
�
r = htan� l = hsec�
S =��rl = h2sec tan l1
h1
� When a cube of maximum volume is cut from a h2 l2

r
r1 r
cone
Frustum

Si
R
r2

p
r1 h1 l1
� �
h–a r2 h2 l2
a

h
2 a 2
small cone CSA �r1l1 � r1 � � l1 � � h1 �
2 2

n
a = �r l = � � = � � = � �
t
Big cone CSA � r2 � � l2 � � h2 �
io
2 2
a
at
a a 1 2
r �r1 h1
ic

3 3 3
small cone volume 3 � r1 � � l1 � � h1 �
Pr

= 1 2 =� � =� � =� �
bl

Big cone volume �r2 h2 � r2 � � l2 � � h2 �

3
Pu

a h�a a
=
on

2r
n

2 h �
a 1
pi

2
ga

2 rh – 2 ra = ah
am

3
a(h + 2 r) = 2 rh 4
Ch

5
2rh
Ga

a (side of cube) =
2r � h

� When a sector is folded to make a cone:

R
CSA of 5 parts �
R R h
12 : 22 – 12: 32 – 22 : 42–32 : 52–42
r 1 : 3 : 5 : 7 : 9 (Ratio)
Volume of 5 parts �
l 13 : 23 – 13: 33 – 23 : 43 – 3 3 : 53 – 4 3
circumference of base of cone = arc l 1 : 7 : 19 : 37 : 61 (Ratio)
arc l

60
 3D
Frustom of Cone A
� When a cone is cut parallel to its base, lower A
portion is called frustum.
b B
c
Or
B a C
r2 C
1 (ac)2
Sum of vol. of 2 cones 2 = �
3 b
h h l Sphere

�
r1 r1 –r2 r

r
CSA = �(r1+r2)l

Si
TSA = �(r1+r2)l + � � r12 � r22 � 4
Volume = �R3 �� V�R3
3
1
� � r1 � r2 � r1r2 � × h
2 2
volume = CSA = TSA = 4�R2 � Area ��R2
3

p
Cutting of Sphere
h 2 � � r1 � r2 �
2
l=
� Hemi-Sphere
� Rotation of right angle triangle to form a cone a Sphere

n
t
r
A io r
a
r
at
b
c
ic
Pr
bl

B a C 2 3
Volume of hemisphere = �r
Pu

3
A Rotation along base a a
CSA of Hemi-sphere = 2�r2
A
on
n

TSA of Hemi-sphere = 2�r2 + �r2 = 3�r2

TSA of both parts = 4�r2+2�r2 = 6�r2
pi

Rotation
ga

C First cut
B Direction
am

r
Ch

r=c h=a l=b Second cut

Ga

B Rotation along perpendicular BC

BC 2 cut (4 pieces) 1 cut � 2 circle area ��(Increase)
A 4 parts TSA = 4�r2 + 4�r2 = 8 r2

8�r 2
TSA of each part = = 2 r2
Rotation 4
Direction (Quarter sphere)
B C
If we make 3 cuts at x, y, z axis
r=a h=c l=b
x, y, z 3
C Rotation along hypotenuse AC AC
3 cut � 8 parts
A 3 cut � 6 circle area
b 8 parts TSA = 4�r2 + 6�r2 = 10 r2
c
Rotation 10�r 2 5 2
C Direction TSA of each part TSA = = �r
B a 8 4

61
 3D
� A maximum size sphere inside a cube Prism
� A prism is a solid figure with identical ends, flat
faces and same cross section all along its length.

� Base and Top of the prism is same

a
Diameter of sphere =a
Surface of prism is lateral and not curved.
a
� Radius of sphere =
2
Cube, cuboid are prism but cylinder is not prism
vol. of cube 21
Ratio � vol. of sphere � 11

� A maximum size cube inside a sphere Triangular base prism

r
Si
a b
c

p
h
a b
Diagonal of cube = Diameter of sphere a c

n
Volume of prism = area of base × height
t
vol. of sphere 11 3
� io ×
a
at
vol. of cube 7
LSA = perimeter of base × height
� A maximum size sphere inside a cone
ic
Pr

LSA ×
bl

� 3 rectangles formed if we open it

Pu

� 3
ah + bh + ch = (a + b + c) × h
on
n

TSA = LSA + 2 × Base Area

General formulae for a prism:–
pi

�
ga

h = height of cone h = –
am

l = slant height of cone l = A CSA = Base perimeter × Height = na × h

B TSA = CSA + 2 × Base area
Ch

r = radius of base of cone r =

na 2 �
Ga

hr TSA = nah + 2 × cot

Radius of sphere =R= 4 n
l�r
C Volume = Base area × Height
Hollow Sphere
= ×
�
na 2 �
R Volume = cot � h
r 4 4
Here ,
n � no. of sides of regular polygon
n�
a � side length of regular polygon
4
Volume of metal = �(R3–r3) a�
3
TSA = 4�R2 h � height of prism/

Thickness (t)= R–r

62
 3D
Pyramid 1
� 4× × a × slant height
2
� Apex
1
� × 4a × slant height
2
slant edge slant height
1
� × base perimeter × slant height
2
height
(dotted) 1
� × ×
r=7 2
14
14 In square pyramid �
2
�a �
l =h + � �
2 2
Square Pyramid Triangular Pyramid �2�

r
2

Si
�a �
Height � Apex to centre of base If slant edge =e �e =l + � �
2 2
�2�
�
2
slant edge � Apex to vertex of base � a �
= e 2 = h2 + � �
� � 2�

p
slant height � Apex to side of base � In triangular pyramid ��
� a
n
t
io e
a
at
slant height l 2
�a �
e2 = l2+ � �
ic

2� �
Pr

a a/2
bl

a a
Pu

e 2 = h 2 + R2
on
n
pi
ga

l
am

h
for a regular pyramid/ �
r l2 = h2 + r2
Ch

1
Ga

LSA = ×perimeter of base × slant height

2

1
LSA = × ×
2
TSA � LSA + Base Area
1
Volume � ×base area × height h
3 e
a a
r= ,R=
1 2 3 3
� × ×
3 R
After opening square pyramid � LSA = 4�'s
� LSA = 4�'s

63
 3D
Tetrahedron 1
LSA = (P +P ) × l
2 1 2
�
P1, P2 � Perimeter of bases �
a A1, A2 � Area of bases �
a l a
1
Volume = (A +A + A1 � A 2 ) × h
a a 3 1 2
a Pentagonal Prism

3 �
Slant height (l) = a
2 h
3 2
LSA = a ×3 a

r
4
Surface area of pentagonal = 3a 2

Si
3 2
TSA = a ×4= 3a
2
4 = 3a 2
Lateral surface area = 5a × h = 5ah
2
height = a = 5a × h = 5ah
3

p
Total surface area = 5ah + 2 3a 2
1 3 2 2 a3
Volume = ×
3 4
a ×
3
a=
6 2 a = 5ah + 2 3a 2

n
Frustum of a Pyramid
t
Volume = 3a 2 � h � 3a 2h
io
a
Hexagonal Prism
at
� b
ic

�
Pr
bl

b/2
Pu

h
on

a
n
pi

3 3 2
ga

Surface area of hexagonal � a =2.5981a2

am

l
2
h
Ch

3 3 2
� a =2.5981a2
2
Ga

Lateral surface area = 6a × h = 6ah

= 6a × h = 6ah
a–b Total surface area = 6ah + 3 3 a2
a/2
2
= 6ah + 3 3 a2

3 3 2
a Volume = a h = 25981a2h
2

2
�a � b�
l= h2 � � �
� 2 �

64
 3D
Pentagonal Pyramid Hexagonal Pyramid

� �

s
s

h h

a
a
1 5
Lateral surface area = ×5a×s= as s = slant height
2 2
1
1 5 Lateral surface area = ×6a×s=3as
= ×5a×s= as 2

r
2 2
1
= ×6a×s=3as

Si
5 2
Total surface area = as+ 3a 2
2
3 3 2
5 Total surface area = 3as + a
= as+ 3a 2 2
2

p
3 3 2
1 1 2 = 3as + a
= � 3a � 2
2
Volume a
3 3 a 3 2

n
Volume = ah
t
2
io
a
at
ic
Pr
bl
Pu
on
n
pi
ga
am
Ch
Ga

65
 3D
Solid figure Figure Volume CSA/LSA TSA

a
Cube a3 4a2 6a2
a
a

H
Cuboid L×B×H 2 (L + B) H 2(LB + BH + HL)
L B

Cylinder h r2h 2 rh 2 r (r + h)
r

r
Si
R 1 2
Cone h rh rl r (r + l)
r 3

p
Frustum of cone r
1
h (R2 + r2 + Rr)h (R + r)l (R + r)l + (R2+ r2)
R 3 a
n
t
io
a
at
r 4 3
Sphere r 4 r2 4 r2
3
ic
Pr
bl
Pu

R
Hollow sphere
on

r 4
n

(R3 – r3) 4 R2
3
pi
ga
am

r
Ch

Hemi-sphere 2 3
r 2 r2 3 r2
3
Ga

a b
c
Prism h
a b
Base area × Height Base peri. × Height LSA+ 2 × Base area
c

e
l 1 1
Pyramid a a/2
× Base area × H × Base peri. × Slant h. LSA + Base area
3 2
a

66
 Number System

Number system

Numbers Decimal Numbers

Real number Imaginary Terminating Non-Terminating Non-terminating

numbers decimal Repeating decimal Non-repeating
decimal
Rational Irrational
numbers numbers

r
1 1

Si
Non-integer Integers 0.5 = 0.333333...= 2 =1.414....
2 3
rational
numbers 73 56
0.73 = 0.565656...= �
100 99
Negative Whole
numbers numbers 81 137

p
0.648 = 0.137137137...= Irrational
125 999
Rational Numbers Numbers
Zero a
Natural
numbers
� Integers All integers are rational no.

n
t
Classification of Numbers �p�
io� � where q = 1
a
�q �
at
ic

Real Numbers Imaginary Numbers

Pr

Integers
bl
Pu

which can be denoted can not be denoted on

on number line. number line.
Negative Integers Non-negative Integers
on
n
pi

{–�, ....–4, –3, –2, –1} {0,1,2,3,4,....�}

ga
am

19 5 0 � Neither positive �
Ex. +3, –7, 5, , �7 , �3 , �5 , –1 = i
13 7 nor negative Whole Numbers
Ch

0.0675, 5 , 11 � –1 = i2
Ga

a+ib 5+3i
Real Numbers
� Natural numbers �
{1,2,3,4,5,....�}
Rational Numbers Irrational Numbers Integers

which can be written in can not be written in

Even Odd
p p
q
form (q�0) p, q � Int q
form. Even � which are divisible by 2. (2K form)
p p � 2 2K
q q {–8,–6, –4, –2, 0, 2, 4, 6, 8)
5 13 �8 Odd � which are not divisible by 2. (2K�1 form)
Ex. , , , 0.5555, 0.1342607532 ....
3 1 1 � 2 2K�1
22 {–5, –3, –1, 1, 3, 5, 7, 11}
q ������ = 3.141592 ....
7

67
 Number System
� Odd × odd � odd � Composite Numbers more than two factors.
odd × even � even
odd�odd � even Ex. 4, 6, 8, 9 etc.
even � even � even 1 � Neither prime nor cocmposite
odd ± even � odd 1�
a + b = odd odd � odd 4 � Smallest composite number.
� a� � even
a – b = odd 2 4�
9 � Smallest odd composite number.
a + b = even even � even
a� � even 9�
a – b = even 2
� Relatively prime/co-prime numbers Two numbers
a + b = even even � odd odd in which nothing is common i.e. their HCF = 1
a� � � natural
2 2

r
a – b = odd
HCF = 1
Natural numbers

Si
(25, 19) (16, 9) (2, 3) (11, 13)
� Twin-prime numbers Two prime numbers with a
Prime numbers Composite numbers gap of 2.
2

p
Prime Numbers Only two factors 1 & itself. (3, 5) (5, 7) (11, 13)
1
2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 23, 61, 67, 97 etc.
a � only pair of prime no. with a gap of 2 is 3, 5, 7.
2 3, 5, 7

n
t
2 � even prime no. & smallest prime no.
io
a
2 �
at
� Smallest 3 digit prime � 101
3,5,7 � only pair of consecutive odd prime no.
ic

3 = 101
Pr

3,5,7 �
bl

largest 3 digit prime � 997

Prime no. 1-50 � 15
Pu

3 � 997
50-100 � 10 Perfect Numbers
1-100 � 25
on
n

� If the sum of all the factors (excluding that no.) is

1-200 � 46 equal to that number then it is called a perfect
pi

1-1000 � 168 no.

ga
am

Each prime number can be written in (6k±1) form.

(6k±1)
Ch

But every (6k±1) form may not be necessarily prime 6 � 1,2,3,6 (factors) ����� 1+2+3 = 6
Ga

no. (Smallest perfect no.) � 6 is perfect no.

(6k±1) 28 � 1,2,4,7,14,28
(1+2+4+7+14) = 28
13 � 6×2+1 (prime) Perfect numbers � 6, 28, 496, 8128 ....
25 � 6×4+1 (not prime)

68
 Number System

Divisibility Rules

Divisibility Rules � If difference is divisible by 7, 11, 13 then

number will be divisible by 7, 11, 13
� 1 is not divisible by any number except 1 but 1 is
respectively.
a universal factor.
7, 11, 13
1, 1 1
7, 11, 13

Divisibity Rule of 2, 4, 8, 16 7�
2� Last digit should be divisible by 2. 005922 � 922 – 5 = 917 11 ×
13 ×
2�

r
2
7�
4� Last 2 digit should be divisible by 4.

Si
6489 � 489 – 6 � 483 11 ×
4� 2 4
13 ×
8� Last 3 digit should be divisible by 8. 7�
8� 3 8 380247 � 380–247 �133 11 ×

p
16� Last 4 digits should be divisible by 16 13 ×
16� 4 16 a � ABAB � divisible by 101
Divisibility Rule of 3 and 9 73×101 = 7373

n
t
3� Sum of digits should be divisible by 3. � ABCABC � divisible by 1001
io
a
687×1001 = 687687
at
3� 3
9� Sum of digits should be divisible by 9. � 7×11×13 = 1001 (Remember)
ic
Pr

Divisibility Rule of 11
9� 9
bl

� If the difference between the sum of the digits at

Divisibility Rule of 5, 25, 125
Pu

odd places and sum of the digits at even places is

5. � Last digit should be 0 or 5 zero or multiple of 11.
on
n

5. � 0 5
25 � Last two digit should be divisible by 25. 11
pi
ga

25 � 25
am

If diff. is O or
125. � Last 3 digit should be divisible by 125. Add even place digits
Take diff. multiple of 11
then no. will be
Ch

125. � 3 125 Add odd place digits

divisible by 11
Ga

Divisibility Rule of 6
166452 � 1+6+5 = 12
6. � 6=2×3 (co-prime factors)
6+4+2 = 12 diff. = 0 � div. by 11
� If a number is divisible by 2 & 3 both, that
7945938 � 28–17 = 11
number will also be divisible by 6
Divisibility Rule of 12
� 2 3 6
12 = 4 × 3
� If a number is divisible by 4 and 3 both then that
Divisibility Rule of 7, 11, 13
number will also be divisible by 12.
5922 � Make pair of 3 digits from RHS 4 3 12
5922 � RHS 3
� Add alternate pairs & take difference
�

69
 Number System

Remainder Theorem

Remainder Fermat's Theorem

� The remainder is the value left after the division a P-1
� Fermat's Theorem �� = 1 (Remainder)
if the dividend is not completely divided by the P
divisor.
a P-1
Fermat's � =1
P
p = prime number
� If dividend is completely divided by the divisor then
in that case remainder will be zero. a, p � co-prime

r
5016

Si
�R=1
17
Remainder Theorem Wilson's Theorem

Dividend � P = any prime number P=

p
Divisor 13 72 5 quotient � P � 1� !
� Remainder = –1 or (P–1)
65 P
7 Remainder
a � ax � k � = Remainder � Kn
n

n
t
72 = 13 × 5 + 7 �
io a
a
Dividend = Divisor × Quotient + Remainder
at
� ax � 1�
n

= × + � Remainder = 1n = 1
ic
Pr

a
bl

206
,R=8
� ax � k �
n
Pu

11
� Remainder = (–k)n
Remainder is always less than divisor. a
on
n

� ax � 1�
n

� Remainder = (–1)n
a, b, n � natural numbers
pi

� a
ga

an + bn (n=odd) � a3+b3=(a+b) (a2–ab+b2)

am

a3+b3=(a+b) [a2b0–a1b1+a0b2] � (a+b) [a2–ab+b2]

n = even n = odd
Ch

(+ – + – + – (+ start + then – goes on) 1 –1

Ga

(a5 + b5) = (a+b) [a4b0–a3b1 + a2b2 – a1b3+a0b4]

Euler's Theorem
= (a+b) (a4 – a3b + a2b2 – ab3 + b4)
� an + bn � n odd � (a+b) is a factor always. a �(N)
� � R=1 �(N)=Toient function of N
N
No. of the form Div. by (a+b) Div. by (a–b) a, N � co-prime
1. an+bn (n � odd) � × N � Natural number /
2. a +b (n � even)
n n
× × How to find (N)
3. a –b (n � odd)
n n
× � 72 = 23 × 32
4. an–bn (n � even) � � � 1� � 1�
� �(72) � 72 × �1 � � × �1 � �
� If Power is odd � � 2� � 3�

a +b +c +d is divisible by (a+b+c+d)em
n n n n
1 2
= 72 × × = 24
2 3

70
 Number System
� 100 � 22 × 52 4n

� � Rem = 4
� 1� � 1� 1 4 6
�100 � 100 × �1 � � × �1 � � � 100 × × � 40
� 2 � � 5 � 2 5 10n
� � Rem = 4
� �(P) = P–1 where P = prime number 6
� �(N) � N N co-prime Unit digit (UD)
� Product of any 'n' consecutive (+ve) numbers is � 5 × odd � U.D = 5
always divisible by n! 5 × even � UD = 0
'n' (+ve) n! one zero = one pair of 5 × 2

875 × 64 � 5 × 5 × 5 × 7 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2
15 � 16 � 17 � 18 � 19
� � 5 numbers 3 pair of 5 & 2
5!
� 3 zero at the end of product 3

r
15 � 16 � 17 � 18 � 19
� ,R=0 0� (1370) � UD = 0
189
120

Si
No. of zero at the end = 189
Consecutive Remainder
� 0, 1 power unit digit same
� 8697 511
17 1� (371) 108
� 371 × 371 .... 108 times
85
19 UD = 1

p
17
5 � (865) � 865 × 865 × .... 99 time
99
27
17
10
a UD = 5 Any power of 5 � UD = 5
6 � (106)357 � 106 × 106 × .... 357 times

n
t
UD = 6
consecutive remainder = 1, 2, 10
io
a
Divisor � HCF [85, 17, 17] � Any power of 0, 1, 5, 6 UD = same
at
� 17 4� (4) = UD � 4
odd
ic
Pr

8. Successive Division (4)even = UD � 6

bl

9 � (9)odd � UD = 9
Divide 620 by 8, 5, 6 successively
Pu

(9)even � UD = 1
8 620 77 5 77 15 10. Rule of 2, 3, 7, 8
on
n

56 5 15 2 Final Quotient 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 210

6
60 27 12
pi

56 25 � � � � � � � � � �
3
ga

4 2 UD � 2 4 8 6 2 4 8 6 2 4
am

UD repeat after every power 4

successive remainders � 4, 2, 3
Ch

� cyclicity = 4
8 620 4 � UD � 2n = 2n+4
Ga

5 77 2 Successive remainders
6 15 3 25
� (132)25 � , R=1 � (132)1 � UD = 2
OR 3 2 4
Final quotient 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 310
Some Important points � � � � � � � � � �
UD � 3 9 7 1 3 9 7 1 3 9
� If two numbers are divided by same divisor the
remainders are respectively r1 and r2. If sum of � UD repeat after power 4
these two numbers are divided by the same divisor � cyclicity = 4
the remainder is r3. Then divisor is � divisor =
r1 + r2 – r3 337334
� � � 1334 � 1
334
333337
4
� 3331 � UD = 3
r1 r2
r3 � = r1 + r2 – r3 � Similarly cyclicity of 7 & 8 is also 4.
7 8 4

71
 Number System

Number of Factors

Factors
a ��r n � 1��
Factors are the positive integers that can divide OR Sum of factors � � GP
� � r � 1�
a number exactly.
1� 25 � 1� 1 � 34 � 1� 1� 52 � 1�
� × ×
2 �1 3 �1 5 �1
Properties of factors � 31 × 40 × 6 = 7440
1. 1 is a factor of every number. � 2160 = 24×33×51

r
1 Even factors � minimum 21 � 21

Si
2. Every natural number is a factor of itself. NOF = 5×4×2=40
(20 21 22 23 24) × (30 31 32 33) × (50 51)
3. Apart from 1 all natural numbers have atleast two Even NOF � 4 × 4 × 2 � 32
factors. OR 2160 = 24×33×51 � 2(23×33×51)

p
1 ����
4×4×2 = 32
Number of Factors (NOF)
a Sum of even factors
7200
� 30×40×6 �

n
t
� 12 � 12, 24, 36, 48, 60 .... (multiples)
io
No. of odd factors � 40–32 = 8
a
12 � 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 12 (factors)
at
No. of odd factors � Absence of
NOF of 12 � 6
ic

2
Pr

perfect square NOF NOF � 2

� 2160 = 24 × 33 × 51 � 4 × 2 = 8
bl

Even NOF of 12 � 4
Pu

Sum of odd factors � 40 × 6 = 240

perfect cube NOF � 1 NOF = 1.
� 2160 = 2 ×3 × 5
4 3 1

odd NOF of 12 � 2
on
n

(20 21 22 23 24) (30 31 32 33) (50 51)

NOF of multiple of 3 � 3
Number of factors which are multiple of 18 �
pi
ga

� 72 � 23 × 32 (write in prime base) 18=21×32

am

18 �
18=2 ×3
Ch

1 2
20 21 22 23 30 31 32
� minimum 21 and 32 required for multiple of 18.
Ga

OR 4 × 3 = 12 combinations
� 4 × 2 × 2 = 16
� NOF � 12 OR 2160 = 24 × 33 × 51 � 2×32[23×31×51]
Direct: NOF = (power + 1) × (power + 1) .... ��������
NOF of 72 � (3+1) × (2+1) � 4 × 3 � 12 4×2×2= 16
� N = ax × by × cz
sum of factors
a,b,c � prime number � Sum of reciprocal of all factors =
number
NOF of N = (x+1) (y+1)(z+1)
8 � 1, 2, 4, 8
Sum of factors (SOF)
� 72 ��[20+21+22+23]×[30+31+32] = 15 × 13 = 195 1 1 1 1 8 � 4 � 2 �1
Sum of reciprocal � + + + =
� 2160 � 2 ×3 ×5
4 3 1 1 2 4 8 8

SOF � (20+21+22+23+24)×(30+31+32+33)×(50+51) Sum of factors

=
������ 31×40×6 � 7440 number

72
 Number System
� 10800 � 24×33×52 � Only perfect square number has odd number of
Number of factors which are perfect squares � factors.
�
a2n
= perfect square number � Perfect square number upto 100 � 10
a3n = perfect cube number 100 = 10
a6n = perfect square as well as perfect cube � Even number of factors �
100–10 = 90
(20 22 24) × (30 32) × (50 52) � Perfect square of a prime number has exactly 3
� 3 × 2 × 2 = 12 factors.
OR No. of factors (perfect squares) � 3
� 49 72 � 2 + 1 = 3
1 49

r
Power 7
� Integer � 1
2 (1–100) � 22, 32, 52, 72 � 4 numbers

Si
�(2+1) (1+1) (1+1) � more than 3 factors between (1–100) = ?
� 3×2×2 � 12 exactly 3 factors = 4
� 72 � 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 12, 18, 24, 36, 72 3 =4
make pairs from 1st & last, NOF = 12

p
only 1 factor = 1
(1 has only one factor)
1×72 = 72
2×36 = 72
4×18 = 72
6×12 = 72
a � More than 3 factors

n
��3 ��100 – 5 = 95 numbers
t
3×24 = 72 8×9 = 72
io
a
at
Product of factors = 726
ic
Pr

NOF
� Product of factors of N N = � N� 2
bl
Pu
on
n
pi
ga
am
Ch
Ga

73
 Number System

Sequences and Series

Sequence
1 � 1 1 �
OR � � �
� A sequence is an arrangement of numbers in common difference �1st no.of den. Last no.of den. �
definite order according to some rule.
�1 1 � 4
1� � �=
� 5 25 � 25

Progression 1 1 1 1
� + + + +
1 � 4 � 7 4 � 7 � 10 7 � 10 � 13 10 � 13 � 16
� A sequence whose terms follow a certain pattern

r
1 1�1 1 � 1
is called a progression. = ? �� � � � �
13 � 16 � 19 6 � 4 16 � 32

Si
1 � 1 1 �
� � � �
diff.of 1st & 3rd no.in den. � 1st 2no. last 2 no. �
Series
Arithmetic Progression (AP)
If a1,a2,a3,...,an,... is a sequence, then the sum

p
�
expressed as a1+a2+a3+...+an+... is called a series. � A sequence in which terms increase or decrease

a1,a2,a3,...,an,... a
a1+a2+a3+...+an+...
regularly by a fixed number. This fixed number is
called the common difference of AP.

n
t
� A series having finite number of terms is called io
a
AP
at
finite series.
Ex. a, a + d, a + 2d,... is an AP
ic
Pr
bl

Where a = first term and d = common difference.

� A series having infinite number of terms is called
Pu

infinite series. a= d=
nth Term (or General Term) of an AP
on
n

Special series AP n
pi

� If denominator is same as multiplier � If a is the first term, d is the common difference

ga
am

and l is the last term of an AP, i.e. the given AP is

a, a+d, a+2d, a+3d,..., l, then
Ch

991
999 ×999 = ? a d l AP
999
Ga

a, a+d, a+2d, a+3d,..., l,

Step 1 � Multiply = 999
(a) nth term is given by an = a+(n–1)d
Step 2 � 9 zero = 000
n an = a+(n–1)d
Step 3 � Diff. of 999 – 991 = 8
(b) nth term of an AP from the last term is given by
� 999000 – 8 = 998992
a 'n = l – (n–1)d
1 1 1 1 1
+ + + + .... +
� 5×6 6×7 7×8 8×9 24×25 n AP a 'n = l – (n–1)d
common difference =1 Note
6�5 7�6 8�7 9�8 25 � 24 (i) an+ a 'n = a + l
+ + + +....
5�6 6�7 7� 8 8� 9 24 � 25
i.e. nth term from the beginning + nth term from
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
– + – + – + – +.... – + – the end = first term + last term
5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 23 24 24 25
1 1 4 n + n = +
– =
5 25 25

74
 Number System
Properties of Arithmetic Progression Note
(i) If a constant is added or subtracted from each term (i) A sequence is an AP if the sum of its first n terms
of an AP, then the resulting sequence is also an is of the form A 2n + Bn, there A and B are constants
AP with same common difference. and common difference in such case wil be 2A.
AP AP n A 2n + Bn
AP
A B
(ii) If each term of an AP is multiplied or divided by a 2A
non-zero constant k, then the resulting sequence
(ii) an = Sn – Sn–1 i.e.
is also an AP, with common difference kd or
nth term of AP = Sum of first n terms – Sum of
d
respectively, where d = common difference of first (n – 1) terms
k
given AP. an = Sn – Sn–1

r
AP k AP = (n – 1)

Si
AP
d Ex. 7, 11, 15, 19, 23..... common difference
kd d = +4 +4 +4
k
(d) = 4
AP

p
1st term (a) = 7
(iii) If an, an+1 and an+2 are three consecutive terms of
a, a+d, a+2d, a+3d, ....a+(n–1)d
an AP, then 2an+1 = an + an+2.
an, an+1 an+2 AP
a2an+1
Tn = nth term = a+(n–1)d = Last term for n term AP

n
t
Tn = nth term = a+(n–1)d = n AP
= an + an+2
io
a
�a � l �
at
(iv) If the terms of an AP are chosen at regular n
Sum � n OR [2a+(n–1)d]
2 2
ic

intervals, then they form an AP.

Pr
bl

AP l �a
Tn = l = a + (n–1)d � =n–1
d
Pu

AP
(v) If a sequence is an AP, then its nth term is a l –a
�n= +1
on
n

linear expression in n, i.e. its nth term is given d

by An+B, where A and B are constants and A =
pi

n � n � 1�
ga

common difference. �n = 1+2+3+ .... +n =

am

2
AP n n
n � n � 1�� 2n � 1�
Ch

n An+B A �n2 = 12+22+32+ .... +n2 =

6
Ga

B A=
� n � n � 1� �
2
Selection of Terms in an AP AP
�n = 1 +2 +3 + .... +n = �
3 3 3 3 3
�
� 2 �
� Any terms in AP can be taken as
AP � Sum of 1st n even natural numbers
(i) 3 terms � (a–d), a, (a+d) 1st n
(ii) 4 terms ��(a–3d), (a–d), (a+d), (a+3d) n
2 + 4 + 6 + 8 + .... +2n = [2+2n] = n(n+1)
(iii) 5 terms � (a – 2d), (a – d), a, (a + d), (a + 2d) 2
Sum of First n Terms of an AP AP n Sum of 1st n odd natural numbers

� Sum of first n terms of AP, is given by 1st n

AP n n
1 + 3 + 5 + 7 +.... +(2n–1) = [1+2n–1] = n2
2
n n
Sn = [2a + (n – 1) d] = [a + l]
2 2
When l = last term

75
 Number System
Arithmetic Mean (AM) (iv) If Sp = q and Sq = p, then Sp+q = –(p+q)
(i) If a, m and b are in AP, then m is called the (v) If Sp = Sq, then Sp+q = 0
arithmetic mean of a and b and it is given by (vi) If a2, b2 and c2 are in AP, then
a�b 1 1 1 a b c
m= , , and , , both
2 b�c c�a a �b b�c c�a a �b
a, m b, AP m a b are also in AP AP
a�b (vii) If a1, a2, ...., an are the non-zero terms of an AP,
m = then
2
(ii) If a1, a2, a3, ......, an are n numbers, then their AM a1, a2, ...., an AP
a1 � a 2 � .......a n 1 1 1 1 n �1
is given by, A � � � � ..... � �
n a1a 2 a 2a 3 a 3a 4 a n �1a n a1a n

r
a1, a2, a3, ......, an AM Geometric Progression (GP)
a � a 2 � .......a n

Si
A� 1 � A sequence in which the ratio of any term (except
n
first term) to its just preceding term is constant
(iii) If a, A1, A2, A3, ..... An, b are in AP, tern throughout. The constant ratio is called common
(a) A1, A2, A3, ..... An are called n arithmetic mean
ratio (r).
between a and b, where

p
a, A1, A2, A3, ..... An, b, AP
(a) A1, A2, A3, ..... An A B a (r)

n
t
� n �a
na � b io
i.e. a = r, n>1
a
A1 � a � d �
at
n
n �1
� If a is the first term, r is the common ratio and l
ic
Pr

A2 � a � 2d �
� n � 1� a � 2b is the last term of a GP, then the GP can be written
bl

n �1 as a, ar, ar2, ....., arn–1, .... l.

Pu

: : : a r l GP
a � nb GP a, ar, ar , ....., ar
2 n–1
, .... l
on

A n � a � nd �
n

n �1
pi

4, 12, 36, 108 r = common ratio

ga

b�a
d�
am

and
n �1 a2 12
r= a = = 3
(b) Sum of n AM's between a and b is nA 4
Ch

a b n AM's nA nth Term (Or General Term) of a GP

Ga

a�b GP n
i.e. A1 + A2 + A3 + ... + An = nA, where A =
2 � If a is the first term, r is the common ratio and l
is the last term, then
a�b
A1 + A2 + A3 + ... + An = nA, A= a r l
2
(i) nth term of a GP from the beginning is given by
an = arn–1
Important Results on AP AP
a n l
(i) If ap = q and aq = p, then ap+q = 0, ar = p+q– an = arn–1
r
l
(ii) nth term of a GP from the end is given by a n �
'
(ii) If pap = qaq, then ap+q = 0
r n�1
1 1
(iii) If ap = q and aq = p , then apq = 1 l
GP n a'n �
r n�1

76
 Number System
(iii) The n th te rm from the e nd of a fini te GP Sum of First n Terms of a GP a GP n
consisting of m terms is arm–n.
(i) Sum of first n terms of a GP is given by
GP n m arm–n
GP n
(iv) ana'n = al
i.e. nth term from the beginning × nth term from
� a �1 � r n �
the end = first term × last term � ,if r � 1
� 1� r
ana'n = al
� � � ,if r � 1
� a rn � 1
n × n = × Sn � �
� r �1
ana = al
'
n �na,if r � 1
�
Properties of Geometric Progression ��
(i) If all the terms of GP are multiplied or divided by
same non-zero constant, then the resulting
sequence is also a GP with the same common a � lr lr � a
Sn �

r
(ii) , r < 1 or Sn = ,r>1
ratio. 1� r r �1

Si
GP where, l = last term of the GP.
l = GP
GP Sum of Infinite Terms of a GP a GP
(ii) The reciprocal of terms of a given GP also form a
a

p
GP. (i) If |r| < 1, then S� =
1� r
GP GP
(iii) If each term of a GP is raised to same power, then
a (ii) If |r|�1, then S� does not exist.

n
the resulting sequence also forms a GP. Geometric Mean GM
t
GP (i) io
If a, G, b are in GP, then G is called the geometric
a
at
GP mean of a and b and is given by G = ab .
ic

(iv) If the terms of a GP are chosen at regular

Pr

a, G, b GP G A B
bl

intervals, then the resulting sequence is also a

GP. abG=
Pu

GP (ii) GM of n positive numbers a1, a2, a3, ......., an are

given by G = (a1a2...an)1/n
GP
on
n

(v) If a1, a2, a2, a3, ....., an are non-zero and non- n a1, a2, a3, ......., an GM G=
pi

negative term of a GP, then log a1, log a2, log a3, (a1a2...an) 1/n
ga
am

....., log an are in an AP and vice-versa. ( ii i) If a, G1, G2, G3, ...., Gn b are in GP, then
a1, a2, a2, a3, ....., an GP a, G1, G2, G3, ...., Gn b GP
Ch

a3, ....., log an AP (a) G1, G2, G3, ....., Gn, are called n GM's between
Ga

(vi) If a, b and c are three consecutive terms of a GP, a and b, where

then b2 = ac. 1

a, b c GP b2 = ac � b � n�1
G1 � ar � a � � ,
�a�
Selection of Terms in a GP GP
2
Any terms in a GP can be taken as � b � n �1
G2 � ar � a � �
2

GP �a �
: : :
a n
(i) 3 terms �� , a and ar. � b � n �1
r Gn � ar � a � � and
n

�a�
a a
(ii) 4 terms �� , , a and ar3. 1
r3 r � b � n �1
r �� �
�a�
a a
(iii) 5 terms �� , , a, ar, and ar2. (b) Product of n GM's,
r2 r
G1×G2×G3×....Gn=Gn, where G = ab

77
 Number System
Harmonic Progression Harmonic Mean
� A sequence a1, a2, a3, ....., an, .... of non-zero (i) If a, H and b are in HP, then H is called the
numbers is called a Harmonic Progression (HP), 2ab
harmonic mean of a and b and is given by H=
a�b
1 1 1 1
if the sequence a , a , a , ....., a , ... is in AP. a, H b HP H a b
1 2 3 n

a1, a2, a3, ....., an, .... 2ab

H=
a�b
1 1 1
(HP) , , , ....., (ii) Harmonic Mean (HM) of a1, a2, a3, ..., an is given by
a1 a 2 a 3
1 1� 1 1 1 1 �
1 � � � � � ... � �
, ... AP H n � a1 a 2 a 3 an �
an
nth Term (or General Term) of Harmonic Progressio Important Results on HP HP

r
n (i) If in a HP, am=n and an = m, then
(i) nth term of the HP from the beginning

Si
mn mn
HP n am+n= , amn=1, ap= p
m�n
1 (ii) If in a HP, ap=qr and aq=pr,
an �
1 � 1 1� then ar = pq
� � n � 1� �

p
� �
a1 � a 2 a1 � (iii) If H is HM between a and b, then
(a) (H–2a)(H–2b) = H2
a1a 2
= a � n �1 a � a
� �� 1 2�
a 1
�
1 1 1
� �

n
(b)
t
2
H�a H�b a b
(ii) nth term of the HP from the end io
a
at
H�a H�b
HP n (c) � �2
H�a H�b
ic
Pr

1 Properties of AM, GM and HM between Two Numbers

bl

a 'n �
1 � 1 1� AM, GM HM
� � n � 1� �
Pu

� �
l � a 2 a1 � 1. If A, G and H are arithmetic, geometric and
harmonic means of two positive numbers a and
on

b, then
n

a1a 2l
= a a � l � n � 1� � a � a � , where l is the last term. A, G H A B
pi

1 2 1 2
ga
am

1 1 1 1 1 1
(iii) a � a ' � a � l � First term of HP � Last term of HP a�b 2ab
n n
(i) A= , G= ab , H =
Ch

2 a�b
1
Ga

(iv) an= a � n � 1 d , if a, d are the first term and (ii) A � G � H

� � (iii) G2 = AH and so A,G,H are in GP.
common difference of the corresponding AP.
� A,if n � 0
1 n �1 n �1 �
an= a � � n � 1� d a, d AP a �b � 1
(iv) � �G,if n � �
a n � bn � 2
��H,if n � –1
Note There is no formula for determining the sum
of harmonic series. Exponential Series

1 1 1 1
� The sum of the series 1 � � � � � ...� is
AP = 2, 5, 8, 11 .... 1! 2! 3! 4!
denoted by the number e.
1 1 1 1
HP = , , ,
2 5 8 11 1 1 1 1
1� � � � � ...� e
1! 2! 3! 4!

78
 Number System
1 1 1 1 n
n � n � 1�� 2n � 1�
� e = 1� � � � � ... (viii) � n � 1 � 2 � 3 � ... � n �
2 2 2 2 2
1! 2! 3! 4! r �1 6
(i) e lies between 2 and 3.
� n � n � 1� �
2
n
(ii) e is an irrational number.
(ix) � n � 1 � 2 � 3 � ... � n � �
3 3 3 3 3
�
r �1 � 2 �
x x2 x3
(iii) e x = 1 � � � � ...�, x � R
1! 2! 3! n n � n � 1� � 6n 3 � 9n 2 � n � 1�
(x) �n 4
� 14 � 24 � 3 4 � ... � n 4 �
30
x x2 x3 r �1

(iv) e –x = 1 � � � � ...�, x � R
(xi) Sum of n terms of series
1! 2! 3!
n
(v) For any a > 0, ax = e x log a
e

1 – 2 + 32 – 42 + 52 – 62 + 72 – 82 + ...
2 2

2 3
x x
= 1+x(logea) + (logea)2 + (logea)3 +...�, x � R n � n � 1�
2! 3! Case I when n is odd =

r
2
(vi) Sum of first n even natural numbers.
n � n � 1�

Si
n I n =
2
i.e. 2+4+6+...+2n=n(n+1)
(vii) Sum of first n odd natural numbers. �n � n � 1�
Case II when n is even =
n 2

p
i.e. 1+3+5+...(2n–1) = n 2
�n � n � 1�
II n =
a 2

n
t
io
a
at
ic
Pr
bl
Pu
on
n
pi
ga
am
Ch
Ga

79
 Number System

LCM & HCF

LCM (Least Common Multiple) � The number which when divided by a, b, c leaves
remainder 'r' in each case = LCM(a,b,c) × k + r
� The least common multiple (LCM) is defined as
the smallest multiple that two or more number a, b, c 'r'
have in common. = LCM(a,b,c) × k + r
(LCM) � The number which when divided by a, b, c
respectively gives remainder x, y, z such that
� LCM of the any two number is the value that is a, b, c x, y,
completely divisible by the two given numbers. z

r
common difference (d) (d) = a–x = b–y

Si
= c–z
Ex. Find LCM of 36, 45. number = LCM (a, b, c)k – d
36 � 36, 72, 108, 144, 180, 216, 252 .... HCF (Highest common factor)
45 � 45, 90, 135, 180, 225, 270 .... HCF is used to find the highest common factors of

p
�
LCM (36, 45) � 180 (Least common multiple of any two or more given integers.

�
both)
Find LCM of 24, 30, 36.
a HCF

n
t
24 � 23×31 �
io
In other words HCF is the largest positive integer
a
30 � 21×31×5 that divides each of the given integers.
at
36 � 22×32 HCF
ic
Pr

LCM=2 ×3 ×5 (Take max. power of each)

3 2 1
bl

= 8 × 9 × 5 = 360 Ex. Find HCF of 40, 64.

Pu

� Find LCM of 55, 66, 60. 40 � (1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 20, 40)

64 � (1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64)
55 � 5×11 LCM = 22×3×5×11 = 660
on
n

common-factors of 40, 64 � [1,2,4, 8 ] HCF = 8

66 � 2×3×11
pi

60 � 22×3×5 40, 64 � [1,2,4, 8 ] HCF = 8

ga
am

HCF is the greatest common number which divide

� Find LCM of 13, 29, 41.
all the given numbers.
13 � LCM (prime no.) � their product
Ch

HCF
29 � � LCM = 13×29×41
Ga

41 �
40 � 8 × 5
� Find LCM of 24, 30, 36. � Co-prime � HCF = 8
64 � 8 × 8
24 � 12 × 2 Let LCM = 36 42 � 6 × 7
Co-prime no. � HCF = 6
30 � 6 × 5 � 36 × 5 × 2 = 360 66 � 6 ×11
co-prime no. HCF no.
36 � 6, 12 included
Ratio common
in 36 so skip them co-prime
� Find LCM of 55, 66, 60.
55 � 11 × 5 LCM = 66×5×2 = 660 40 : 64 42 : 66
66 � 5:8 7 : 11

60���5 × 6 × 2 � HCF of two no. = H Ratio of no's = Hx : Hy

Numbers = Hx, Hy x:y
� Product of co-prime number = their LCM
x, y � co-prime
LCM LCM = Hxy

80
 Number System
How to find HCF Long Division Method
Factorization Method � 693, 945
� Find HCF of 168, 294, 420 HCF = 63
168 � 23 × 3 × 7
693 945 1
Take minimum power of common in all 693
252 693 2
504
294 � 2×3×72 � HCF � 2×3×7 = 42 189 252 1
420 � 22×3×5×7 189
Final divisor 63 189 3
Difference Method = HCF 189
� HCF of two numbers = H Diff. = Hx – Hy ×
Numbers = Hx, Hy = H(x–y) 1,2,1,3 � successive quotient
x, y � co-prime � � Note: If 2 or 3 numbers are even their HCF will be even.

r
HCF = diff. factor If any one number is odd their HCF can not be even.
Diff. = H(x – y)

Si
2 3 HCF

If(x–y)>1 HCF
If(x–y)=1
� If HCF of 2 numbers = H � LCM = Hxy
HCF=diff. HCF=factor of diff. Nos. � Hx, Hy Diff. = H(x–y)

p
HCF of 2 numbers can not be greater than their
x,y � co-prime Sum = H(x+y)
difference.
a � HCF is present in LCM, difference & sum of the
2 HCF numbers.

n
48 � 48 = 8 × 6 HCF, LCM
t
� Difference=8=HCF Difference=1
56 � 56 = 8 × 7
io
18, 30 HCF = 6
a
�
at
� HCF = difference = 8
LCM=90
306, 391 � HCF = 17 All will be divisible by HCF.
ic

� Diff.=12
Pr

HCF
Sum=48
bl

d = 85 � 17 × 5 � Hx × Hy = Hxy × H
Pu

� 1518 1840 I × II = LCM × HCF

H2xy = H2xy
on

161×2
n

D = 322 � I × II = LCM × HCF

23 ×7×2
pi

��1st no. × 2nd no. = LCM × HCF

ga

� Both number divisible by 23 23

am

� 'K'is the largest number which when divide a,b,c

Both are even number
gives same remainder 'r' & quotients are x,y,z
Ch

� HCF = 23×2 = 46 respectively

Ga

� 323, 456, 703 'K' a,b,c

133 'r' x,y,z
19 ×7 k a x k b y k c z
19 divide all 3
� HCF = 19 r r r
a–b, b–c, c–a
� 1008, 1323, 1722
� ��� ���
d=315 ��� k(x–y) k(y–z) k(z–x)
63 ×5 a = kx + r b = ky + r c = kz + r
� K = HCF [a–b, b–c, c–a]
3× 21
HCF of (1008, 1323) = 63 �a c e� LCM � a,c,e �
� LCM � , , � � HCF b,d,f
1722 not divisible by 9 � Remove 9 from 63 �b d f � � �
Hence not divisible by 63 63 � a c e � HCF � a,c,e �
HCF � , , � � LCM b,d,f
� 1722 divisible by 21 1722 21 �b d f � � �
� HCF (1008, 1323, 1722) = 21 � HCF [an �1, am �1] = aHCF(n,m) 1

81
 Ga
ga
Ch n
am
pi
Pr
on a

82
Pu t
bl a
ic p
at
io
n Si
r
Number System
 Ga
ga
Ch n
am
pi
Pr
on a

83
Pu t
bl a
ic p
at
io
n Si
r
Number System
 Number System

Calculation & simplification

Conditions to be a perfect square number 1

482 = (48–2)��22 � 2304
2
� If a no. ends with 2,3,7,8 it can't be a perfect square
2,3,7,8 1
442 = (44–6)��62 � 1936
2

� If unit digit is 5 then ten's digit always 2. 1

382 = (38–12)��122 � 13�144 � 1444
5 2 2
� No number can be a perfect square unless its

r
1
digital root is 1, 4, 7 or 9. 672 = (67+17)��172 � 42�289 � 4489
2

Si
Base 200 � 2 × 100
1, 4, 7 9
208 = 2(208+8)� 82 = 43264
2

� Last 2 digit of a perfect square number = last two

digits from the squares of numbers between 2192 = 2(219+19)� 192 = 476�361�� 47961

p
(1 to 24).
1942 = 2(194–6)� 62 = 37636
2 = 1 24
a 1822 = 2(182–18)� 182 = 328�324 � 33124

n
t
2K(even) n2=(2k)2=4k2 � multiple of 4 3
� n io
Base 150 �
2
× 100
a
at
2K+1(odd) n2=(2k+1)2=4k2+4k+1�4(k2+1)+1
3
ic

R=1 after divisible by 4 1522 = (152+2)� 22 �� 23104

Pr

2
bl

� n2 � 4K, 4K + 1
3
Pu

51767 � Not a perfect square 1412 = (141–9)�92 � 19881

2
� 67 � � 6142 = 6(614+14)�142 � 6×628� 196 ���376996
on

,R � 3 �
n

�
� 47 � 7932 = 8(793–7)�72 � 8×786�49���628849
pi

Find squares Last 2 digits of 2 �

ga

�
am

� Base 100 � 18 ,2
32 , 2
68 ,
2
82 , 2
1182, 3682
1022 = 102 + 2� 22 = 10404 ��� �� �����
Ch

1072=107+7��72 = 11449 ����(50–18)2 (100–18)2 (350+18)2

Ga

= 24
1132 = 113+13��132 = 126�169 � 12769
� x2, (50k � x)2, (100k � x)2 � Last 2 digits same.
1212 = 121+21��212 = 142�441 � 14641 2
� x(x+a) (x+2a)(x+3a) +k is a perfect square then k=?
972 = 97–3�� 32 = 9409
922 = 92–8� 82 = 8464 x(x+a) (x+2a)(x+3a) +k k=?
� (x2+3ax) (x2+3ax +2a2)
832 =83–17� 17 2 = 66�289 � 6889
2 2
(x2+3ax)2 +2×a × (x +3ax)
1 � + b2 = (a+b)2
Base 50 � ×100 a2 +2 a b
2
� to make perfect square add (a2)2 = a4
1
592 = (59+9)��92 � 3481 � (a2)2 = a4
2
� (x2+3ax +a 2) 2 & k = a4
1
542 = (54+4)��42 � 2916
2

84
 Number System
� If I, II, III, IV are in AP with common difference d � 9999800001 + 1111088889 – 4444355556 =?
If I, II, III, IV d AP 99999 + 33333 – 66666 = 66666
Then I × II × III × IV + d = (I × IV +d2)2
4
� n3 UD
� To make perfect square what should add from: 1 3
1 � 1
23 8 � 8
1119 × 1126 × 1133 × 1140 33 27 � 7
43 64 � 4
� Gap between these consecutive numbers = 7
53 125 � 5
= 7 63 216 � 6
� 7 = 2401 should be added.
4
73 343 � 3
� To make perfect square what should subtract 83 512 � 2
from: 93 729 � 9

r
� 3
571787 � UD = 3
841 × 846 × 851 × 856 + 700

Si
� ignore last 3 digit 3
� 841 × 846 × 851 × 856 � to make square 54 =
625 should be added � smaller than 571 perfect cube number = 512 =
83
� 841 × 846 × 851 × 856 � 54 =
� 571 = 512 = 83
625

p
� 3
571787 = 83
841×846×851×856+625 + 75
� Perfect square should be
subtracted
a � N2 � odd no. of digits N2 � even no. of digits

n
odd no.of digits � 1 even no.of digits
t
C. Unit digit of N Unit digit of N2 N�
io 2
N�
2
a
at
N N2
� N2 � 17 digits
N=1, 9 1
ic
Pr

N=2, 8 4 17 � 1
bl

N� = 9 digits
N=3, 7 9 2
Pu

N=4,6 6 N2 � 24 digits
N=5 5 24
on
n

N� = 12 digits
� If 3 is repeated n times 2
pi

I � Before 0 (n–1) times 1 Square Mirrors

ga
am

II � Before 9 (n–1) times 8 � 14 + 87 = 782 + 412

2 2

152 +752 = 572 + 512

Ch

eg. � 32 = 09, 333332 = 1111088889 172 + 842 = 482 + 712

Ga

332 = 1089 262 + 972 = 792 + 622

3332 = 110889 272 + 962 = 692 + 722
� 6 is repeated n times Non-terminating repeating decimal
I � Before 3 (n–1) times 4
II � Before 6 (n–1) times 5 Let x = 0.55555 ....
eg. � 62 = 36 (–) 10x = 5.55555 ....
662 = 4356 9x = 5 � x = 5
6662 = 443556 9
6666662 = 444443555556
7
� 92 = 81 99992 = 99980001 � 0.77777 .... = 0.7 � (no. of bar = no. of 9)
9
992 = 9801
83
9992 = 998001 0.838383 .... = 0.83 �
99

85
 Number System
514 75816 � 7581 68235
0.514514514 .... = 0.514 � OR =
999 9000 9000

6823 � 68 6755 4325 � 43 4282 2141

0.6823232323 ....= 0.6823 � � 11.4325 � 11 + ��� ���
9900 9900 9900 9900 4950
(no. of non bar digit = no. of zero) 114325 � 1143 113182
OR =
5186 9900 9900
7.518651865186 ....= 7+
9999 � B O D M A S
86 � 8 78 13 � � � � � �
� 0.866666 .... = 0.86 = = =
90 90 15 �Brackets of div. multiply Add subtract
�
531 � 5 526
0.531313131 .... = 0.531 = = small ()
990 990

r
middle { }
437 � 43 394
0.43777777 .... = 0.437 = = Larger [ ]

Si
900 900
of means multiplication
8169 � 8 8161
0.8169169 .... = 0.8169 = 9990 = 9990

p
5816 � 581 5235
7.5816 � 7 + 9000
�7
9000
a
n
t
io
a
at
ic
Pr
bl
Pu
on
n
pi
ga
am
Ch
Ga

86
 Number System

Surds & Indices

Law of Indices na
Radicand
� a × a × a × .... n times = an �
order of surd
am×an×ap = am+n+p (a � 0)
� a�
m m
n
am � = a n = n am
= am–n (m > n)
an
� a�
n n
n
� = an = a
1
= (n > m)
a n �m 1

r
1
� n m
a = n a m = a mn
=1 (m = n)

Si
� (a ) = am×n = an×m = (an)m
m n
0
� n �
�z �y � a� � �
m
� (abc) = a ×b ×c
n n n n x mno
� � �� � � = xyz
� a
n � �
� a � an
� � � = n (b � 0) Find Square Root

p
�b� b

�2 � 3 �
2
� (am)n � a m n

a 2
7 � 4 3 = 2 + 3 + 2 ×2× 3 =
2
�
ab
�3 �2 4

n
�� 32
4

� �
t
= 2� 3
38 � 316 io (a+b)2=a2+b2+2ab
a
at
p � 28 � 10 3 = 10 3 � 2×5 3
� 1q �
ic
Pr

1
= �� a �� = � a p � q
p 1
�p 52 + 32 =28
� a = a
q q
bl

� �
� 5� 3� �
Pu

� If am = an then m = n
If am = bm then a = b � (a–b)2 = (b–a)2 = a2+b2–2ab
on
n

� a° = 1 a–b � (a>b)
a2+b 2–2ab
pi

b–a � (b>a)
ga

1
a–1 = (a � 0)
am

�
a � 43 � 24 3 = 3 3 � 4 � � 24 3= 2 ×12 3
4 3 3
Ch

1 1
� a–n = & an = � n 16+27=43
an a
Ga

�a � �b�
m �m � 99 � 70 2 = 5 2 � 7 � � 70 3= 2 ×35 2
� � � =� � 7 5 2
b
� � �a �
49+50=99
� (–1)n = +1 (n = even) � x = 5+ 2 6
= –1 (n = odd)
1 1 1 5�2 6 5�2 6
Laws of Surds = � × �
x 5�2 6 5�2 6 5�2 6
� �
2
1
5 � 2 6
2

� n
a =a n

5 � 2 6 5–2 6 sign change

1 1 1 = =
� n
ab = n
a × n b = a n × b n = � ab � n 25 � 24 1 diff. of square

1
1 7�4 3
a n a � a �n � x=7+4 3 � =
x 1
� n
= =
b n b �� b �� �� ������
49 48

87
 Number System
1 5 3 �4 2 a � a � a....� = 3 a
� x = 5 3 +4 2 � =
x 43
����� ��������� 4a � 1 � 1
� a � a � a � ....� = =x
75 32 2
� (a+b+c) = a2+b2+c2 + 2ab + 2bc + 2ca
2
4a � 1 � 1
(a–b+c)2 = a2 + b2 + c2 – 2ab – 2bc + 2ca a � a � a � ....� = =y
2
(a+b–c)2 = a2 + b2 + c2 + 2ab – 2bc – 2ca x–y = 1
� (x–1) (x+1) = x –1 2
xy = a
OR Take two factors of a whose difference is 1
� 1 + (x – 1) (x + 1) = x2 � 1 � � x � 1�� x � 1� = x
like
Componendo & dividendo a 1
a c 56 8 72 8

r
� = 7 9
b d
Then x = Larger factor x=

Si
Apply C & D (Add and subtract den. in number)
y = smaller factor y=
C D x+y= 4a � 1
a�b c�d

p
= 4a � b2 � b
a �b c�d � x = a � b a � b a � ....� =
2
Apply again
a � b � �a � b � c � d � �c � d �
a 4a � b2 � b

n
y= a � b a � b a – ....� =
t
a � b � �a � b� = c � d � �c � d � 2
io
a
x–y = b
at
2a 2c xy = a
=
ic
Pr

2b 2d
x+y = 4a � b2
bl

a c
Pu

= � 4a � 3 � 1
b d x=
� a � a � a � ....� =
2
If we apply C & D two times on a fract ion, same
on
n

fraction is achieved. 4a � 3 � 1
y= a � a � a � ....� =
pi

C D 2
ga
am

x–y = 1 xy = 2(a–1)

x� y x � y 2�x � y � 4a � 3b2 � b
Ch

� + = x �y � a � b a � b a � ....� =
x � y x� y � � 2
Ga

x� y x – y
�4 xy 4a � 3b2 � b
a � b a � b a � ....� =
x � y – x � y = x �y 2
1 1 1
� 2, 3, 5 Powers � 2 , 3 , 4 LCM = 12
� � –� � =4
2 2 3 4
x� y x� y xy

� 2� , � 3� , � 5�
12 12 12
� 3 4

� a a a a....� = a
� 26, 34, 53 � 4
5 >33 > 2
1 2n �1
1�
a a a....ntimes = a 2n = a 2n
� � �
64 81 125
3
a 3 a 3 a....� = a n
a n a n a....� = n�1 a � If x + y = 12 (constant)
(xy)max = diff. of x & y should be min. = 6 × 6 = 36

88
 Number System
(xy)min = diff. of x & y should be max. = 1 × 11 = 11
� a>b>c

1 1 1
< <
a b c
� a × b = 16 (constant)
� (a+b)min = 4 + 4 = 8 1×16� 16+1=17
(a +b )min = 4 +4 =32
2 2 2 2

* a×b×c = 125 (constant) for min a=b=c=5

(a2+b2+c2)min= 25+25+25 = 75
Approx Root Value

� 13

r
9 16
3 4

Si
� 3< 13 <4

13 � 9 4 4
3+ � 3+ � 3 ��3.57
16 � 9 7 7

p
16 5 5
21 4+ � 4 ��4.55
25 9 9 a
3
27

n
3 26
t
53 �3+ � 3.7
3
64 37
io
a
at
� 121 =11 1234321 =1111
ic
Pr

12321 =111 1234567654321 =1111111

bl
Pu

� If I, II, III, IV are in AP with common diff. d then

I×II×III×IV +d4 = (I×IV + d2)2
on
n
pi
ga
am
Ch
Ga

89
 Algebra

Algebra

Square Formulae
a 3 � b3
1. a2 – b2 = (a + b) (a – b) 14. a–b =
a 2 � b2 � ab
2. (a + b)2 = a2 + b2 + 2ab 15. (a+b)3 –(a–b)3 = 2b3+6a2b=2b(b2+3a2)
3. (a – b) = a + b – 2ab
2 2 2
16. (a+b)3 +(a–b)3 = 2a3+6ab2=2a(a2+3b2)
Componendo & Dividendo Rule
�a � b� � � a 2 � b2 �
2

4. ab = a c a�b c�d
2 If = �� =
b d a �b c�d
5. 2(a2 + b2) = (a + b)2 + (a – b)2

r
6. 4ab = (a + b)2 – (a – b)2 x �y a 2x a�b x a�b
If x � y = � 2y = �y=

Si
b a�b a�b
7. (a + b)2 = (a – b)2 + 4ab
How to find Conjugate
8. (a – b)2 = (a + b)2 – 4ab
square difference 1 conjugate
9. a2 + b2 = (a + b)2 – 2ab = (a – b)2 + 2ab
sign change difference 1 square

p
10. (a2 – b2)2 = a4 + b4 – 2a2b2 difference divide
11. a4 + b4 = (a2 + b2)2 – 2a2b2
12. a4 + b4 = (a2 – b2)2 + 2a2b2
a � If x = 15 � 4 14 then
1
x
=?

n
13. (ax+by)2 + (ay–bx)2 =(a2+b2)(x2+y2)
t
a � b a � b 2�a � b �
io
(15)2 = 225 4 14 � 2
� = 224
a
2 2
at
14. + = a 2 � b2
a �b a �b � �
ic

1
Pr

� = (square diff. 1 sign

x 15 � 4 14
bl

a�b a �b 4ab
15. – =
Pu

a � b a � b a 2 � b2 change )
Cube Formulae 1
� If x >
on
n

1. (a + b) = a + b + 3a b + 3ab
3 3 3 2 2 x
pi

2. (a + b)3 = a3 + b3 + 3ab (a + b) 1
ga

Then x + = 2 × Bigger no. = 2 × 15 = 30

am

3. a + b = (a + b) – 3ab (a + b)
3 3 3
x
4. a3 + b3 = (a + b) [(a + b)2 – 3ab]
1
Ch

5. a3 + b3 = (a + b) (a2 + b2 – ab) x– = 2 × smaller no. = 2× 4 14 = 8 14

x
Ga

a 3 � b3 1 1
6. a2 + b2 – ab = If x < then x + = 2× Big number
a�b x x
a 3 � b3 1
7. a+b= x– = –2 × small number
a 2 � b2 � ab x
8. (a – b)3 = a3 – b3 – 3a2b + 3ab2 Power 2 Formulae
9. (a – b)3 = a3 – b3 – 3ab (a – b) 1 2 1
1. If x � = k �� x � 2 = k2 – 2
10. a3 – b3 = (a – b)3 + 3ab(a – b) x x
11. a3 – b3 = (a – b) (a2 + b2 + ab)
1
12. a3 – b3 = (a – b) [(a – b)2 + 3ab] � If x � =k
x
a 3 � b3 Then x(x – k) = –1 (Important)
13. a2 +b2 + ab =
a �b or x(x – k) + 1 = 0
or x2 – kx + 1 = 0

90
 Algebra
1 1 Power 3 Formulae
If x � = k �� x � 2 =k2+2
2
2.
x x 1 3 1
1. If x – = k, then x – 3 = k3 + 3k
Then x x
1 1
= k then x � 3 = k3 – 3k
3
1 2. If x +
x–k= x x
x
1
x(x – k) = 1 (important) x+ = 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10
x
x2 – kx – 1 = 0 �������������������������������������������������������������������
1 1 1
3. If x � = � 2 �then x � 2 = 0
2 x3 � = 2, 18 52 110 198 322 488 702 970
x x x3
x4 + 1 = 0 1
x– = 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10
Power difference 4 results in zero x
�������������������������������������������������������������������
� x4 + x° = 0

r
1
1 x3 – = 14, 36 76 140 234 364 536 756 1030
x3

Si
4. x � �= k
x 1
3. x� = t
2 x
� 1 � 1
� x � � = x � +2 = k + 2 1
� x� x
� t�
3
x3 � = – 3 t = t t � 3 t = (t – 3) t

p
x3
1
x� = ± k �2 1
x a 4. If x � � t
x
1 1

n
x2 � x3 � � � t + 3� t
t
5. =k
x2
io x3
a
at
1�
2 1 1
� 1 5. If x + x = a, then x x + x x = a – 3a
3
� x � � = x � 2 +2 = k + 2
2
ic

x�
Pr

� x
bl

1 1
� 1� 6. If x � = a, then x x � = a3 + 3a
Pu

�x � � = ± k � 2 x x x
� x�
a �b a b
on

1
n

6. x2 � =k 7. If = k or – = k,
ab b a
x2
pi
ga

3 3
2
am

� 1� 1 � a �2 � b �2
�x � � = x � 2 – 2 = k – 2
2
then � � – � � = k3 + 3k
� x� x �b� �a�
Ch

� 1� a�b a b
�x � � = ± k � 2 8. If = k or + =k
Ga

� x� ab b a
Same Power Formulae 3 3
� a �2 � b �2
then � � + � � = k3 – 3k
1 1 �b� �a�
� If x � = k, then x � = ± k 2 � 4
x x 1 1
If x � = ± 3 , then x � 3 � 0
3
9.
x x
1 1
� If x � = k, then x � = ± k 2 � 4 2
x x � 1�
�x � � = 3
� x�
A�B A �B
� If = a, then = ± a2 � 4 x6 + 1 = 0
AB AB
x6 = –1
A B A B 7. (a5–b5) = (a – b) (a4 + a3b + a2b2 + ab3 + b4)
� If + = a, then – = a2 � 4
B A B A (a5 + b5) = (a + b) (a4 – a3b + a2b2 – ab3 + b4)

91
 Algebra
Higher Power Formulae 21 � 9
(ii) x2 + y2 = =15
1 � 2 1 �� 1 �� 1� 2
1. x4 – = � x � x 2 � � x � x �� x � x �
x4 � �� �� � 21 � 9
(iii) xy = =6
1 � 2 1 �� 3 1 � � 1� 2
2. x5 + = �x � x2 ��x � x3 � � �x � x �
x5 � �� � � � x x 2 � y 2 21 � 9 5
y
(iv) y + = = =
� 5 1 � � 2 1 �� 3 1 � � 1� x xy 21 � 9 2
3. �x � 5 � =�x � 2 ��x � 3 � � �x � �
� x � � x �� x � � x� 2
x2 y2 �5� 17
(v) + = � � –2 =
1 � 4 1 �� 3 1 � � 1� y2 x2 2
� � 4
4. x7 � = �x � x4 �� x � x3 � � � x � x �
x7 � �� � � � (vi) x + y = ?
x2 + xy + y2 + xy = 21 + 6
1 � 4 1 �� 3 1 � � 1�
5. x7 � 7 =�
x � 4 �� x � 3 � � � x � �
x x x� (x + y)2 = 27 � x + y = 3 3

r
x � �� � �

Si
1 1 1
x8 � � 4 1 � � 2 1 �� 1 �� 1� (vii) y – =?
6. 8 = �x � 4 ��
x � 2 �� x � �� x � � x
x � x �� x �� x �� x�
1 x2 – xy + y2 –xy = 9 – 6 = 3
Formulae based on x +
x (x – y)2 = 3

p
1 (x – y) = 3
1. If x � = 2, then x = 1
x

1
a �
1 1 x �y
� �
y x xy
�
3
6
�
1
2 3

n
2. If x � = –2, then x = –1
t
x
io
x 6 � y 6 � x 2 � � �y 2 �
3 3
� x 2 � y 2 �� x 4 � y 4 � x 2y 2 �
a
at
1 3. = =
3. If x � = 1, then x3 = –1
x
x 2 � y2 x2 � y2 � x 2 � y2 �
ic
Pr

= x4 + y4 + x2y2
bl

1
� If x � = 1 then x2 – x + 1 = 0
� � �a � b � �
Pu

x 4. a2 + b2 + ab = a � b � ab ab
x –x+1=0
2
5. x4 + x2 + 1 = (x2 + x + 1)(x2 – x + 1)
on

(x + 1) (x2 – x + 1) = 0(x + 1)
n

6. (x2 + y2)2 = x4 + y4 + 2x2y2

x3 + 1 = 0
pi

(x2 + y2)2 – 2x2y2 = x4 + y4

ga

x3 + x0 = 0 power difference 3 results in zero

am

x3 = –1
� �
2
(x2 + y2)2 – 2xy = x4 + y4
Ch

1
4. If x � = –1 or x2 + x + 1 = 0 (x2 + y2 + 2 xy) (x + y –
2 2
2 xy) = x + y
4 4
x
Ga

Then x3 = 1 Concept of Root Value

or x2 + x + 1 = 0 � (x) = (–x) = x2
2 2

Relation between Power 2 and Power 4

x 2 = +x Root
1. (x2 + y2)2 = x4 + y4 + 2x2y2
(x2 + y2)2 – x2y2 = x4 + y4 + x2y2 49 = 7 (+ve) value
(x2 + y2)2 – (xy)2 = x4 + y4 + x2y2
(7)2 = 49
(x2 + y2 + xy) (x2 + y2 – xy) = x4 + y4 + x2y2
2. x2 + y2 + xy = A and x2 + y2 – xy = B a 2 � b 2 � 2ab

A�B A–B
x2+y2 = , xy =
2 2
(a–b) (b–a)
� If x4 + x2y2 + y4 = 189, x2 + xy + y2 = 21 � �
if a > b if b > a
189
(i) x2 – xy + y2 = =9
21

92
 Algebra
Concept of Degree 1 1 1
3x3 – 7x2y + 8zx ² ��Degree = 3 (highest powers) 5. Then + + 2 =0
a 2 + b 2 – c 2 b2 + c 2 – a 2 c + a 2 – b2
8x + 7 � Degree = 1
25x2 – 10x3 + 19z26x1 + 48w1 2 � a 4 + b4 + c 4 �
6. Then a 2b2 + b2c2 + c 2a 2 = 4
Degree = 27 � �
Multiply power add
a+b 2 b+c 2 c+a
Divide power subtract 7. Then (a + b2 – c2) + (b + c2 – a2) +
ab bc ca
xy � Degree = 2 (c2 + a2 – b2) = 0
x8 2a 2 2b2 2c 2
��Degree = 8 – 3 = 5
y3 8. Then � b2 +c 2 –a 2 � + � a 2 +c 2 –b2 � + � a 2 +b2 –c2 � = –3
Symmetric Function
Some other results

r
� Degree of each term is same on both sides. � (x + ax + bx + ab) = (x + a) (x + b)
2

a + b + c, a2bc + b2ca + c2ab

Si
� 1 + A + B + AB = (1 + A)(1 + B)
a 3 � b3 � (1+a) (1+b) (1+c) = 1 + a + b + c + ab + bc + ca + abc
= a2 – ab + b2 � Both side degree is 2
a�b
1 1 1
� If xy = 1 or x = y then + n = 1
a 3 � b2 � c 2 � � b3 � c2 � a 2 � � c 3 � a 2 � b2 � 1� xn 1� y

p
� = ab + bc + ca
a 2 � b � c � � b2 � c � a � � c 2 � a � b � � s – a � + � s – b � + �s – c �
2 2 2
+ s2
� If a + b + c = 2s, then
a3 � �b � c�
+
b3 � � c � a �
+
c3 � �a � b �
a =1
a 2 + b2 + c 2

n
�
� a � b �� a � c � � b � c �� b � a � � c � a �� c � b �
t
� 1 1 1 �
� io
If xy + yz + zx = 0, then � x 2 � yz � y 2 � zx � z 2 � xy �
a
= ab + bc + ca � �
at
= 0 (x, y, z � 0)
a � �b � c� b � �c � a � c � �a � b�
2 2 2
ic
Pr

� + +
� c � a �� a � b � � a � b �� b � c � � b � c �� c � a � � �
bl

p2 q2 r2
� If pq + qr + rp = 0, then � p 2 – qr + q 2 – rp + r 2 – pq �
� �
Pu

=a+b+c
=1
x z x m � ym � z m � wm
on

x � y �m � z �m � w �m �
= xyzw �
m/2
If y = then � m
n

�
w � If �
� �a 2
+b2 +ab � � �a 2
+b2 –ab � � = 1, then (1 – a2)
�
pi

3
ga

1 1 (1 – b2) =
am

� If x = a+ and y = a – then x 4 � y 4 � 2x 2y 2 = 4 4
a a

� ��
If x � 1 � x y � 1 � y = 1, where x and y are
2 2
�
Ch

z y �
� If x + y = 2z, then the value of = +y �z =0
x �z
Ga

real numbers, then (x + y)2 = 0

x y x4 y4
� If x + y = 2z, then + y �z = 2
x �z �
� x � y �� x 2 � z 2 � +
2 2
�y � x ��y 2 � z 2 �
2 2

If a + b + c = 0, then following results follows

z4
1 1 1
1. Then (a � b)(b � c) � (a � c)(b � a) � (c � a)(c � b) = 0 � �� �
+ z 2 � x 2 z 2 � y 2 =1

� If a + b + c = abc, then
a2 b2 c2
2. Then 2 + 2 + 2 =2
a – bc b – ca c – ab �1 – a ��1 – b � + �1 – b ��1 – c � + �1 – c ��1 – a � = 4
2 2 2 2 2 2

a2 b2 c2 ab bc ca
3. Then 2 + 2 + 2 =1
2a + bc 2b + ca 2c + ab � If bc + ca + ab = abc, then

a 2 + b2 + c 2 1 b+c c+a a+b

+ +
4. Then
�a – b � + � b – c � + �c – a �
2 2 2 =
3 bc � a–1� ca � b–1� ab � c–1� = 1

93
 Algebra

}
2 2 2
� x �y y�z z�x � If a +b +c –ab–bc–ca=0 � a=b=c
5.
� If xy + yz + xz = 1, then � 1 � xy � 1 � yz � 1 � xz � 2 2 2
OR a +b +c =ab+bc+ca
� �
6. a3+b3+c3–3abc = (a+b+c)(a2+b2+c2–ab–bc–ca)
1
= xyz 1
= (a+b+c)[(a–b)2+(b–c)2+(c–a)2]
2
a �b b �c c �a
� If x � ,y � ,z � , a 3 � b 3 � c 3 � 3abc a �b �c
a �b b �c c �a =
�a � b � � �b � c � � �c � a �
2 2 2
2
�1 � x ��1 � y ��1 � z � a3+b3+c3–3abc = (a+b+c) [(a+b+c)2 – 3(ab+bc+ca)]
then 1 � x 1 � y 1 � z = 1
� �� �� �
1
� If x2 + y2 = z +1, y2 + z2 = x + 1, z2 + x2 = y + 1, then a3+b3+c3–3abc= (a+b+c)[3(a2+b2+c2)–(a+b+c)2]
2
1 7. a3+b3+c3–3abc=(a+b+c)[(a+b+c)2–3(ab+bc+ca)]
xyz = 1 or �

r
8
If a+b+c=0 then a3+b3+c3–3abc=0
ab(a – b) + bc (b – c) + ca(c – a) = (b – a) (b – c) (c – a)

Si
� OR a3+b3+c3=3abc
� (a + b + c) (ab + bc + ca) – abc = (a + b) (b + c) (c + a)
1
� (a + b + c) (ab + bc + ca) = a2b + b2a +b2c + bc2 + a2c 8. a3+b3+c3–3abc= (a+b+c) [(a–b)2+(b–c)2+(c–a)2]
2
+ a2c + 3abc If a3+b3+c3–3abc = 0

p
� (a + b + c) (ab + bc + ca) – 3abc = a (b + c) + b (c + a)
2 2
OR a3+b3+c3 = 3abc
+ c2 (a + b)

� If a �
1 1 1
� b � � c � (where a� b�c) then abc is
a
n
t
b c a a+b+c = 0 a=b=c
equal to = ��1 io
a
� If a, b, c are distinct integers & a3+b3+c3 = 3abc
at
3 Variable Formulae then a+b+c=0
ic

1. If x2 + y2 + z2 = 0, then x = 0, y = 0, z = 0
Pr

� If a, b, c are +ve integers & a3+b3+c3 = 3abc

bl

2. (a+b+c) = a +b +c +2(ab+bc+ca)
2 2 2 2
then a = b = c
Pu

a2+b2+c2 = (a+b+c)2 –2(ab+bc+ca) � If a, b, c are in A.P. then

– � a 2 +b2 +c 2 � a3+b3+c3–3abc = 9bd2
� a+b+c �
2
on
n

ab + bc + ca = 9. (a + b + c)3 = a3 + b3 + c3 + 3 (a + b) (b + c) (c + a)
2
pi

(a + b + c)3 = a3 + b3 + c3 + 3 [a2 (b + c) + b2 (c + a) +
(a–b+c)2 = a2+b2+c2–2ab–2bc+2ca
ga

c2 (a + b)] + 2abc
am

(a+b–c)2 = a2+b2+c2+2ab–2bc–2ca (a + b + c)3 – a3 – b3 – c3 = 3 (a + b) (b + c) (c + a)

Ch

1
3. a2+b2+c2–ab–bc–ca = [(a–b)2+(b–c)2+(c–a)2] 1 1 1
2 10. If x + y = a, y + = b, z + =c
Ga

z x
��������
1
1 then xyz + xyz = abc – (a + b + c)
[2a2+2b2+2c2–2ab–2bc–2ca]
2
1 1 1
1 2 2 11. If x – y = a, y – = b, z – =c
[a +b –2ab+b2+c2–2bc+a2+c2–2ca] z x
2

1 1
[(a–b)2+(b–c)2+(c–a)2] then xyz – xyz = abc + (a + b + c)
2
12. If a + b + c = x
4. If a, b, c are in A.P. with comon difference d
+d +d 1 1 1
and � � =y
a b c
1 2 2
a2+b2+c2–ab–bc–ca = [d +d +(2d)2] = 3d2
2 a b c a b c
Then � � � � � = xy – 3
b a a c c b

94
 Algebra

Theory of Equations

Polynomial f(x) f(x)=0

� An alg e braic e xpre s si on of th e fo rm
a0+a 1x+a2x +...+anx , where n � N, is called a
2 n Quadratic Equation
polynomial. It is generally denoted by p(x), q(x), f(x), � A quadratic polynomial f(x) when equated to zero
g(x) etc. is called quadratic equation.
a0+a1x+a2x +...+anx
2 n
f(x)
n � N, p(x), q(x), f(x), g(x)

r
i.e. ax2+bx +c =0, where a,b,c�R and a � 0.

Si
Real Polynomial Roots of a Quadratic Equation
Let a0,a1,a2,...,an be real numbers and x is a real
variable, then, f(x) = a0+a1x+a2x2+...+anxn is called
The values of variable x which satisfy the quadratic
a real polynomial of real variable x with real
equation is called roots of quadratic equation.

p
coefficients.
x
a0,a1,a2,...,an x
f(x) = a0+a1x+a2x2+...+anxn
a Solution of Quadratic Equation

n
t
x
io
a
Degree of a Polynomial
at
1. Factorisation Method
� A Polynomial f(x)=a0+a1x+a2x2+a3x3+...+anxn, real or
ic
Pr

Let ax2 + bx + c = a(x–�) (x–�) = 0. Then, x = � and x

complex is a polynomial of degree n, if an � 0.
bl

= � will satisfy the given equation.

f(x)=a0+a1x+a2x2+a3x3+...+anxn,
Pu

ax2 + bx + c = a(x–�) (x–�) = 0. x=�

n an � 0
x=�
Some Important Deduction
on
n

2. Direct Formula
(i) Linear Polynomial A polynomial of degree one is
pi

Quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 (a � 0) has two

ga

known as linear polynomial.

am

roots, given by
ax2 + bx + c = 0 (a � 0)
Ch

(ii) Quadratic Polynomial A polynomial of second

Ga

degree is known as quadratic polynomial.

�b � b2 � 4ac
�= ,
2a

(iii) Cubic Polynomial A polynomial of degree three �b � b2 � 4ac

is known as cubic polynomial. �=
2a

�b � D �b � D
(iv) Biquadratic Polynomial A polynomial of degree or � = ,�=
2a 2a
four is known as biquadratic polynomial.
where, D = � = b2 – 4ac is called discriminate of
the equation.
D = � = b2 – 4ac
Polynomial Equation Above formulas also known as Sridharacharya
formula.
If f(x) is a polynomial, real or complex, then f(x)=0
is called a polynomial equation.

95
 Algebra
Nature of Roots b
Then, ��� = �+ � + � = �
(i) Let quadratic equation be ax2 + bx + c = 0, whose a
discriminate is D. c
���� = �� + �� + �� =
a
Nature of Roots
d
����= �
a
If D = 0 If D > 0 If D < 0 3. Biquadratic Equation
If �,�,� and � are the roots of the biquadratic
Roots are real and equal Roots are imaginary equation
�,�,� �
D = Perfect square D = Not square ax + bx + cx2 + dx + e = 0, then
4 3

b
Roots are real, unequal Roots are real, unequal S1 = � + � + � + � = � ,
a

r
and rational and irrational
S2=��+��+��+��+��+��

Si
(ii) Conjugate Roots The irrational (complex) roots
of a quadratic equation, whose coefficients are c c
rational (real) always occur in conjugate pairs. =(–1)2 =
a a
Thus,
c
or S2=(�+�)(�+�)+��+��=

p
a
S3 = ���+���+���+���
(a) If one root be � + i�, then other root will be � – i�.
a =(–1)3
d
=�
d

n
t
� + i� � – i� a a
io
a
at
(b) If one root be � + � , then other root will be d
or S3 = ��(�+�)+��(�+�)= �
a
ic
Pr

�– �. �+ � �– �
bl

e e
Relation between Roots and Coefficients and S4 = ��������= (–1)4 =
a a
Pu

Formation of Polynomial Equation from Given Roots

1. Quadratic Equation
on
n

If roots of quadratic equation ax2+bx+c = 0 (a � 0)

� If �1,�2,�3,...,an are the roots of an nth degree
are � and �, then
pi

equation, then the equation is xn – S1xn–1 + S2xn–2–

ga

ax2+bx+c = 0 (a � 0) � � S3xn–3+...+(–1)nSn=0, where Sn denotes the sum of

am

the products of roots taken n at a time.

�b �1,�2,�3,...,an
Ch

Sum of roots =S=�+�=

a x – S1xn–1 + S2xn–2–S3xn–3+...+(–1)nSn=0
n
Sn
Ga

coefficient of x
= � coefficient of x 2
1. Quadratic Equation
Product of roots If � and � are the roots of a quadratic equation,
then the equation is x2–S1x+S2=0, where S1 = sum
c constant term of roots and S2= product of roots
= P=����= = 2
a coefficient of x
� � x 2–
D S1x+S2=0 S1 = S2=
Also, |�–�| = a
2. Cubic Equation
2. Cubic Equation If �, � and � are the roots of cubic equation, then
the equation is
If �,� and � are the roots of cubic equation ax3 + bx2
+ cx + d = 0. �, � �

�,� � ax3 + bx2 + cx + d = 0 x3–S1x2+S2x–S3=0

i.e. x3–(�+�+�)x2+(��+��+��)x –���� = 0

96
 Algebra
3. Biquadratic Equation Inequality
If �,�,� and � are the roots of a biquadratic equation, � A statement involving the symbols >, <, � or � is
then the equation is called an inequality or in equation.
�,�,� � Here, the symbols < (less than), > (greater than),
x –S1x +S2x –S3x+S4 = 0
4 3 2
� (less than or equal to) and �(greater than or equal
i.e. x4–(�+�+�+�)x3 to) are known as symbol of inequalities.
+ (��+��+��+��+��+��)x2 >, <, � �
– (���+���+���+���)x + ���� = 0 < >
Maximum and Minimum Values of Quadratic Expression � ��

(i) If a > 0, quadratic expression has least value at

e.g. 5<7, x � 2, x + y � 11
�b 4ac � b2 D
x= � This least value is given by �� � Types of Inequalities
2a 4a 4a

r
(i) Numerical inequality An inequality which does
But their is no greatest value.
not involve any variable is called a numerical

Si
�b inequality.
a > 0, x =
2a

4ac � b2 D
= ��
4a 4a e.g. 4 > 2, 8 < 21

p
(ii) Literal inequality An inequality which have
variables is called literal inequality.
(ii) If a < 0, quadratic expression has greatest value
b
a
n
at x = � � This greatest value is given by
t
2a
io
e.g. x < 7, y � 11, x – y � 4
a
at
4ac � b2 D
�� � But their is no least value. (iii) Strict inequality An inequality which have
4a 4a
ic

only <or> is called strict inequality.

Pr
bl

b < >
a < 0, x= �
Pu

2a

4ac � b2 D e.g. 3x + y < 0, x > 7

= ��
on

(iv) Slack inequality An inequality which have

n

4a 4a
only
pi
ga
am

�or� is called slack inequality.

�� �
Ch

e.g. �3x + 2y � 0, y � 4
Ga

97
 Trigonometry

Trigonometry

Basic Triplets Theory

27( 3–1) 123( 3–1)
Hypotenuse (H) � H
P B �
1. � 120( 3–1)
B P
P � Perpendicular 9, 40, 41 � Triplet
�×3 �×3 �×3
B � Base
27 120 123
H2 = P2 + B 2 ��Pythagoras Theorem

r
2. A Pythagoras triplet is a set of Positive integers a,

Si
12.5 32.5
b and c that fits the rule : a2 + b2 = c2
a, b c x
a +b =c
2 2 2
12.5 : 32.5 5, 12, 13 � Triplet
32 + 4 2 = 5 2

p
5 : 13
� 3, 4, 5 are triplets � x = 12 × 2.5 = 30
3. Some Pythagorean Triplets
(3, 4, 5) (5, 12, 13) (7, 24, 25)
a Triplet

n
t
�
(8, 15, 17) (9, 40, 41) (11, 60, 61)
16io x
a
(12, 35, 37) (13, 84, 85) (16, 63, 65)
at
(20, 21, 29) (28, 45, 53) (33, 56, 65) 24
ic
Pr

(36, 77, 85) (39, 80, 89) (48, 55, 73)

bl

16 : 24 : x
(65, 72, 97) (20, 99, 101)
�
Pu

In a triplet largest side is hypotenuse

8×2 : 8×3 : 8 9 � 4 = 8 13
on
n

Basic Trigonometry Ratios

5
pi

3 3
ga

32 � 42 � 25 � 5
am

P H
4 4 1. �
Ch

B
a2+b2
Ga

2ab triplets P B
sin �= cot�=
H P
(a2–b2)
B H
cos�= sec�=
� 2 2
a –b , 2ab, a +b
2 2
H B
2 2
x –1, 2 x, x +1 Triplets form
P H
a–b, 2 ab, a+b Tan�= cosec�=
B P
4. Multiplication and division of basic triplets results
1
into other triplets 2. Cosec�= � sin × cosec = 1
sin�

1
(3, 4, 5) ×2 (6, 8, 10) ×2 (12, 16, 20) Sec�= � cos × sec = 1
cos �
(5, 12, 13) ×2 (10, 24, 26) ×1.5 (15, 36, 39)
1
Cot�= � tan × cot = 1
(3, 4, 5) × 2 �3 2,4 2,5 2 � t an �

98
 Trigonometry
sin � sec � 2. (sin2�+cos2��= 1) � cos2�
3. Tan �= = tan2�+1 = sec2�
cos � cos ec�
tan2� = sec2� – 1 � tan2�=(sec�+1)(sec�–1)
cos � cos ec� �
Cot�= =
sin � sec �
Tan �
�
�sec � � 1�
Basic Trigonometric Identities �sec � � 1� tan �

� sec2 – tan2 = 1
P H (sec��– tan�) (sec� + tan�) = 1
�
1
B (sec� – tan�) = �sec � � tan � �
P2 + B 2 = H 2
(sec2� – tan2�)2 = (1)2
2 2
� P � � B� sec4� + tan4� – 2sec2�tan2� = 1
1. � � + � � =1 � sin2 + cos2 = 1

r
� H� � H� sec4 + tan4 = 1 + 2sec2 tan2
sin2� + cos2� = 1

Si
(sec2� – tan2�)3 = (1)3
sin � 1 � cos � sec6� – tan6� – 3sec2�tan2� × 1 = 1
sin2�=1–cos2� �� � sec6 – tan6 = 1 + 3sec2 tan2
1 � cos � sin �
3. (sin2� + cos2� = 1) � sin2�
cos � 1 � sin �

p
cos2� = 1–sin2� �� � 1+cot2� = cosec2�
1 � sin � cos �
cot � cos ec� � 1
(sin2� + cos2�)2 = 12 a cot2 = cosec2 –1 � �
cos ec� � 1 cot �
sin4� + cos4� + 2sin2�cos2� = 1
cosec2�–cot2��= 1

n
t
sin4 + cos4 = 1–2sin2 cos2
(sin2� + cos2�)3 = (1)3 io
(cosec�+cot�)(cosec�–cot�)=1
a
at
1
sin6� + cos6� + 3sin2�cos2� = 1 (cosec� + cot�) = � cos ec� � cot � �
ic
Pr

sin6 +cos6 =1–3sin2 cos2

cosec4 + cot4 = 1+2cosec2 cot2
bl

cosec6 – cot6 = 1 + 3 cosec2 cot2

Pu

Trigonometry Ratio Table

on
n
pi

Angle (In
ga
am

Degrees)
Angle (In � � � � 3�
Ch

0 � 2�
Radians) 6 4 3 2 2
Ga

1 1 3
sin 0 1 0 �1 0
2 2 2
3 1 1
cos 1 0 �1 0 1
2 2 2
1 Not Not
tan 0 1 3 0 1
3 Defined Defined
Not 1 Not Not
cot 3 1 0 0
Defined 3 Defined Defined
2 Not Not
sec 1 2 2 �1 1
3 Defined Defined
Not 2 Not Not
cosec 2 2 1 �1
Defined 3 Defined Defined

99
 Trigonometry
� sec2� + cosec2� = sec2�cosec2� 2. Change of T-Ratio
tan2�–sin2� = tan2�sin2� 90°, 270° .... (90° odd multiple change)
cot2�–cos2� = cot2�cos2�
180°, 360° .... no change (90° even multiple
sin � cos � 1 no change)
tan�+cot�= + =
cos � sin � sin � cos � sin � cos, tan � cot, sec � cosec
=sec�cosec�=2cosec2�
Range 90–� 5
3 4
1. –1 � sin� � + 1 � sin(90°–�) = = cos�
5
4
P
sin�= H > P (� Always between –1 and +1) � cos(90°–�) = sin�
H
–1 � cos� � + 1 (–1)2 = 1 tan(90°–�) = cot� sec(90°–�) = cosec�

– ��� tan�, cot� � + � cot(90°–�) = tan� cosec(90°–�) = sec�

r
� 0�� sin2�, cos2� � +1
� Sin(90°+�) = cos�

Si
Cos(90°+�) = –sin�
0° � 90° sin� increases from 0 to 1
0° � 90° cos� decreases from 1 to 0 Tan(90°+�) = –cot�
sin61° > cos32° � cos32° = sin58° Cot(90°+�) = –tan�
� sin61° > sin58° Sec(90°+�) = –cosec�

p
� sin61° > cos32° Cosec(90°+�) = sec�
2. 0° < � < 45° sin� < cos� sin19° < cos��� a 1
Tan150° = Tan(90°+60°) = –cot 60° = �
45° < � < 90° sin� > cos� sin71° > cos��� 3

n
t
3. If 0 < x < 1, x > x2
io 3
a
Quadrant theory Sin120°=sin(90°+30°) = cos30° =
at
2
ic
Pr

90°, 450° �1
1. Cos120°=cos(180°–60°) = –cos60° =
bl

II 2
90° + �� I
Pu

180° – �� 0° + � � Sin(180°–�) = sin�

90° – � cos(180°–�) = –cos�
on

180°, 540° 0°, 360°

n

cot(180°–�) = –cot�
IV
III 180° + � 270° + �
pi

270° – � �2
ga

360° – � Sec150°=sec(180°–30°) = –sec30°=

am

0° – � 3
270° Tan135° = Tan(180°–45°) = –Tan45° = –1
Ch

� Sin(180°+�) = –sin�
Ga

Any Acute Angle Cos(180°+�) = –cos�

II � 3
I Cos210° = cos(180°+30°) = –cos30° =
sin 2
+ve All +ve
cosec ASTC
�1
Sin225°=sin(180°+45°) = –sin45° =
2
III IV
tan cos 1
+ve +ve Cot240° = Cot(270°–30°) = –Tan30° =
cot sec 3
� Cos(270°–�) = –Sin�
sin � sin +ve in I, II Tan(270°–�) = cot�
cos � cos +ve in I, IV Cosec(270°–�) = –sec�
tan � Tan +ve in I, III Sec240° = sec(270°–30°)= –cosec30°= –2

100
 Trigonometry
� Sin(270°+�) = –cos� 2. 1C 57°16'22''
Cos(270°+�) = sin� � radian = 180°
Tan(270°+�) = –cot� 180� � 7 630 � 3�
1 rad (1c) = � � 57 � �
� 3 22 11 11
Sin300° = sin(270°+30°) = –cos30° =
2
180' 4'
Cot315° = cot(270°+45°)= –Tan45°= –1 � 3°=180' � =16'+ � 1C=57°16'22''
11 11
Cosec330°=Cosec(360°–30�) = –cosec30°= –2
240
� Sin(360°–�) = –sin� � 4' =240'' � = 22''
11
Sin(–�) = –sin�
Tan780°= Tan(360°×2+60�) = Tan60°= 3

Cosec1125°= Cosec(360°×3+45�) = Cosec45°= 2 O

r
Cos(–�) = cos� r r
3. �°

Si
sin180° = 0 A B

tan(–�) = –tan� L

cot(–�) = –cot� ��
cos180° = –1 AB = L = 2�r × 360�

p
sec(–�) = sec�
���
tan180° = 0
cosec(–�) = –cosec�
a L=r×
180�

n
L=r× c
t
If A+B = 90° then
io
a
at
1. If A+B=90° � A, B are complementary to each other °= ×
180°
2. sinA = cosB � sinAsecB=1
ic
Pr

Some Important Properties

3. TanA=cotB � TanATanB=1 or cotAcotB = 1
bl

4. secA=cosecB � cosAcosecB = 1 If asin � + bcos� = c

Pu

1. square and add

Tan31×Tan59°=1 acos� – bsin� = x (let)
5. sin2A+sin2B=1 � sin2A+sin2(90–A) a2+b2 = c2 + x2 OR x2 = a2 + b2 – c2
on
n

6. cos2A+cos2B=1 � sin2A+cos2A=1
� If asin� + bcos� = c and a2+b2 = c2
pi

Radian Angle Theory

ga

� � �
am

circumference P B H
1. = fixed number
diameter
Ch

a sin��+ b cos��= 1
= � (Irrational numer) c c compare
Ga

sin��sin��+ cos��cos�� = 1

a b
sin��= , cos��=
r c c
O
180° c
� =1
r c
a
�
2�r � 360° b

360� 180� 55
r� = = 1 radian � If 48sin� + 55cos� = 73 then cot� =
2� � 48
circle Radius Arc centre 1 radian � � �
Angle P B H
� radian (� ) = 180°
c � (sin�+sec�) +(cos�+cosec�)2 = (1+sec�cosec�)2
2

1°=60', 1'= 60'' � (1–sec�+tan�)(1+cosec�+cot�) = 2

101
 Trigonometry

2.
If asecA+btanA = c
Then atanA+bsecA = x (Let) ) square and
subtract 1.
Formula form - (A+B)
sin(A+B) = sinAcosB+cosAsinB
a2–b2=c2–x2 � x2 = c2 – a2+b2 sin(A–B) = sinAcosB – cosAsinB
x= cos(A+B) = cosAcosB – sinAsinB
c2 – a 2 + b2
cos(A–B) = cosAcosB + sinAsinB
� If asecA – btanA = c
atanA – bsecA= x (let) 2. 2sinAcosB = sin(A+B) + sin(A–B)
2cosAsinB = sin(A+B) – sin(A–B)
� a2–b2=c2–x2
2cosAcosB = cos(A+B) + cos(A–B)
� If asec�–btan� = c and a2=b2+c2
2sinAsinB = cos(A–B) – cos(A+B)
a
a sec�– b tan �=1 sec� = c 3. sin(A+B)sin(A–B) = sin2Acos2B – cos2Asin2B
c c
sec� sec� –tan�=1
) compare
b
tan� = c = sin2A(1–sin2B)–(1–sin2A)sin2B
= sin2A–sin2B = cos2B–cos2A
�asec�–btan� = c

r
������ �� ������ cos(A+B)cos(A–B) = cos2A–sin2B=cos2B–sin2A

Si
H P B C�D C�D
4. sinC + sinD = 2sin cos
2 2
a
b C�D C�D
� sinC – sinD = 2cos sin
�

p
2 2
c
C�D C�D
3. If secx + tanx =
a
b
then cosecx + cotx =
a+b
a–b
a� cosC + cosD = 2cos
2
cos
2

n
t
C�D C�D
(a > b) �
io
cosD – cosC = 2sin
2
sin
2
a
at
a
secx + tanx = C�D D�C
b
ic

cosC – cosD = 2sin sin

Pr

�
2 2
bl

b
secx – tanx = Multiples of Angle
Pu

a
2 Tan A
a 2 � b2 1. sin2A = 2sinAcosA =
on

2secx = 1 � Tan2 A
n

ab
pi

A A 1 � cos 2A
a 2 � b2
ga

secx = sinA = 2sin cos =

am

2 2 2
2ab
Sec A.Cos ecA
a 2 � b2 � H
Ch

cosec2A =
secx = 2
2ab � B
Ga

� P = a2–b2 1 � tan2 A
2. cos2A=cos2A–sin2A=1–2sin2A=2cos2A–1=
1 � tan2 A
�����

H B H�B cot 2 A � 1
=
+ = cot2 A � 1
P P P

a 2 � b2 � 2ab 1 � cos 2A
� cosA =
a 2 � b2 2

2Tan A
� a � b�
2
3. Tan2A =
= 1 � tan2 A
� a � b �� a � b�
4. Sin3A = 3sinA–4sin3A
a�b Cos3A = 4cos3A – 3cosA
�
a �b
3tan A � tan3 A
Tan3A =
1 � 3 tan2 A

102
 Trigonometry
Tan A � TanB 1
5. Tan(A+B) = cos�cos(60–�)cos(60+�)= cos3�
1 � Tan A TanB 4

Tan A � TanB tan�tan(60–�)tan(60+�)=tan3�

Tan(A–B) =
1 � Tan A Tan B sin 2n�1 �
10. cos�cos2�cos22�cos23�......cos2n�=
cot A cot B � 1 2n �1 sin �
6. Cot(A+B) =
cot B � cot A
5 �1 10 � 2 5
11. sin18° = cos18°=
cot A cot B � 1 4 4
Cot(A–B) =
cot B � cot A
5 �1 10 � 2 5
Some special formulae cos36° = sin36°=
4 4
1 � tan � 1 � tan �
1. Tan(45–�) = , Tan(45+�)= 3 �1
1 � tan � 1 � tan �
12. Sin75° = cos15° =

r
2 2
2. If A+B = 45° or 225° � (1+TanA) (1+TanB) = 2

Si
tan(A+B) = tan45° 3 �1
Sin15° = cos75° =
tan A � tanB 2 2
=1 � tanA+tanB+tanAtanB = 1
1 � tan A tanB
3 �1
1+tanA+tanB+tanAtanB=1+1 � Tan75° = cot15°= = 2+ 3

p
3 �1
� (1+tanA) (1+tanB) = 2
3. If A+B = 45° or 225° � (cotA–1) (cotB–1) = 2
OR (1–cotA) (1–cotB) = 2
a � Tan15° = cot75°=
3 �1
3 �1
= 2– 3

n
t
tan A � tan B � tan C � tan A tanB tan C io Some other formulae
a
4. Tan(A+B+C) =
at
1 � tan A tan B � tanB tan C � tan C tan A 1. (sin2A+cos2A – sinAcosA) (sinA+cosA)
ic

= sin3A + cos3A
Pr

3 TanA – tan3 A
Put B = C = 'A' � Tan3A =
bl

1 – 3 tan2 A cot A � tan B

2. = tanBcotA term direct
Pu

If A+B+C=90° cot B � tan A

multiply
sin90� 1 tan A � tanB � tan C � tan A tan B tanC
on
n

= = 2
cos 90� � 1 � tan A tanB � tanB tanC � tan C tan A � 1 � tan � �
3. � � = tan2�
pi

� TanATanB+TanBTanC+tanCTanA = 1 � 1 � cot � �
ga
am

OR cotA+cotB+cotC = cotAcotBcotC
1 � sin � 1 � sin � 1 � sin � 1 � sin �
� If A+B+C = 180° 4. = � = =sec�–tan�
1 � sin � 1 � sin � 1sin � cos �
Ch

� TanA + TanB + TanC = TanATanBTanC

Ga

� cotA.cotB + cotBcotC + cotCcotA = 1 1 � cos � 1 � cos � 1 � cos � 1 � cos �

5. = � =
1 � cos � 1 � cos � 1 � cos � sin �
4tan � �1 � tan2 � �
5. Tan4��= =cosec�+cot�
1 � 6tan2 � � tan 4 �
cos ecA � 1 1 � sin �
3 6. = =sec �+tan �
6. cos2� + cos2(60–�) +cos2(60+�) = cos ecA � 1 1 � sin �
2

3 sec � � tan �
� sec � � tan � � =sec�+tan�
2
7. cos3A+cos3(120°–A)+cos3(120°+A)= cos3A 7. =
4 sec � � tan �

8. Tan� –Tan(60–�)+tan(60+�)=3tan3� cot � � cos �

8. = sec�+tan�
cot�–cot(60–�)+cot(60+�)=3cot3� cot � � cos �

1 9. sin1º.sin2º.sin3º ...... sin180º = 0

9. sin�sin(60–�)sin(60+�)= sin3� cos1º.cos2º.cos3º ..... cos90º = 0
4
tan1º.tan2º.tan3º ..... tan89º = 1

103
 Trigonometry
Interchange of Trigonometry Ratio Table

tan � 1 sec2 � � 1 1
sin � 1 � cos 2 �
1 � tan �2
1 � cot �2 sec � cosec �
1 cot � 1 cosec2� � 1
1 � sin2 � cos �
1 � tan2 � 1 � cot2 � sec � cose �
sin � 1 � cos 2 � 1 1
tan � sec2 � � 1
1 � sin � 2 cos � cot � cosec 2� � 1
1 � sin2 � cos � 1 1
cot � cosec2 � � 1
sin � 1 � cos �2 tan � sec2 � � 1

r
1 1 1 � cot2 � cosec2 �

Si
1 � tan2 � sec �
1 � sin2 � cos � cot � cosec2 � 1
1 1 1 � tan2 � sec �
1 � cot2 � cosec �
sin � 1 � cos �2 tan � sec2 � � 1

a p
n
t
io
a
at
ic
Pr
bl
Pu
on
n
pi
ga
am
Ch
Ga

104
 Trigonometry
Trigonometric Functions, Identities and Equations Graph of Trigonometric Functions

1. Graph of sin x 5. Graph of sec x

1

0.5

O 90° 180° 270° 360° 2

–0.5 1
–� � 2�
x’ –� x
–1 O 3�
–1 2 2
(i) Domain = R (ii) Range = [–1,1] (iii) Period = 2� –2
2. Graph of cos x

r
1

Si
y’
0.5 y = sec x

O 90° 180° 270° 360°

–0.5 �

p
(i) Domain = R � (2n + 1) ,n�I
2
–1
a (ii) Range = (–�, –1] � [1, �)
(i) Domain = R (ii) Range = [–1, 1]
(iii) Period = 2�
(iii) Period = 2�

n
t
6. Graph of cosec x
3. Graph of tan x
io
a
at
1
ic
Pr

0.5
bl

2
Pu

O –� 3�
90° 180° 270° 360°
–� 2 1 � 2
–0.5 x’ x
O –1 �
on
n

–1 2
–2
pi

�
ga

(i) Domain = R � (2n+1) ,n�I

am

2
(ii) Range = (–�, �)
y’
Ch

(iii) Period = � y = cosec x

Ga

4. Graph of cot x
(i) Domain = R � n�, n ��I
(ii) Range = (–�, –1] ��[1, �)
2 (iii)Period = 2�
–� 3�
–� 1
2 2 2�
Note |sin�| � 1,|cos�|� 1,|sec�|�1,|cosec�|�| for all
x’ x values of �, for which the functions are defined.
–� O
–1
2
–2

y
y = cot x
(i) Domain = R�n�, n � I (ii) Range = (–�, �)
(iii) Period = �

105
 Trigonometry

Maxima & Minima

P 5. asin�+bcos� � max = + a 2 � b2
1. –1�sin���+ 1 sin� = ,H�P
H
����� min = – a 2 � b2
–1�cos���+ 1
6. asin2�+bcosec2� min = 2 ab (when a>b)
P
–��� tan����+ � Tan� = � (We can take any acos2�+bsec2� min = a+b (when a < b)
B
max = �
value of P and B)
� �
2
–��� cot����+ � 7. asec2�+bcosec2� �����
min value
� a� b

r
–��� sec�, cosec����+ ��But –1 1
8. sin2m� + cos2n� � max = +1 m, n � natural no.

Si
H 9. If y = cos2x + sec2x then y � 2
cosec� = ...H ��(B, P)
P

H T - ratio min max

sec�=

p
B 1. sin�,cosθ(odd power) �1 �1
2. If x = Real � x2 � +ve 2. sin2θ,cos 2θ(even power) 0 �1
2
x min = 0 at x = 0
a 3.
4.
tanθ,cotθ(odd power)
tan2θ,cot 2θ(evenpower)
��
0
��
�

n
t
0�sin2�, cos2�� + 1
io
5. secθ,cosec θ(odd power) �� ��
a
–1�sin3�, cos3�� + 1 6. sec2θ,cosec 2 θ(even power) 1 �
at
0�tan2�, cot2��� + �
ic
Pr

–��tan3�, cot3��� + � 10. sin2n��+ cos2n�

bl

+1�sec2�, cosec2��� + � max value = 1

Pu

–��sec �, cosec ��� + ��But –1

3 3
+1 min value = put ��� 45°
11. atan2��+ bcot2�
on

3. asin2�+bcos2�� max value = max [a,b]

n

� min value = min [a, b] min value = 2 ab

pi
ga

37 sin2� + 45cos2� � maximum = 45 max value = �

am

minimum = 37
1
Ch

max = 2n
sin �cos �
n n
when n=odd
Ga

4.
min = –1
2n

1
max = 2n
sin �cos �
n n
when n=even
min = 0

106
 Trigonometry

Height & Distance

Elevation Angle Change of Angle

1. When elevation angle changes from 30º to 45º
Object
ht

30º 45º
sig

D
of
ne

Angle of Elevation
Li

�
Horizontal
1
Angle of Depression

r
45º 30º

Si
� Angle of Depression
A 1 B 3–1 C
3
� 2. When elevation angle changes from 30º to 60º
Object
30º 60º

p
Angle-side Ratio D
A a
n
45� 45� 90�
t
45º 2 3
1 � � � io
a
1. �
at
45º 1: 1: 2
60º 30º
ic

B 1 C
Pr

A 1 B 3–1=2 C
bl

A 3
3. When elevation angle changes from 45º to 60º
Pu

60º 2 30� 60� 90� 45º 60º

1
� � �
on
n

2. D
30º 1: 3: 2
pi

B 3 C
ga
am

1 BC
Tan30° = = 3
3 AC
Ch

3 �1 BC
Ga

3. A �Tan15°= = 60º 45º

3 �1 AC A 1 B 3–1 C
75º 2 2 3
3 –1
4. When elevation angle changes from 15º to 30º
15º
B C 15º 30º
3 +1
A
15� 75� 90�
� � �
3 �1 3 �1 2 2
1
4. A
30� 30� 120�
120° 30º 15º
1 1 � � � B C 2 D
3
1: 1: 3
30° 30°
B C
3

107
 Trigonometry
5. When elevation angle changes from .... 2. A D
....
h h
A A �1 �2
B a C
asin� a
h a = h (cot�1 + cot�2)
A
� � 3.
B acos� C B hcot� C

6. When elevation angle changes from �º to 2�� D h

�º 2�
�1 �2
B C
F
a

r
A a = h (cot�1 + cot�2)

Si
D
4.
h
h2 = y2 – x2 �1
C h

p
2� �
B x C y D
a
a �2

n
A A B
t
7.
io
a
a cot �1
at
h=
cot �1 � cot �2
h
ic
Pr

5. D
bl
Pu

�2 �1
B C d D A
H1
on
n

d = h (cot�1 – cot�2)
H2
pi

� �
ga

Some other results C x B

am

��+ � = 90º
Ch

1. If Angles of elevation are complimentary

x = h1h2
Ga

6. D A
A

H1 H2
h a

C B
90–� �
B x C D
y 1 1 1
= +
a H1 H2
h � xy

108
 Arithmetic

Percentage

Fraction percentage chart

Fraction Percentage Percentage Fraction Percentage Percentage

1 100% 100% 1 16
4.76% 4 %
1 21 21
50% 50%
2
1 6
1 1 4.54% 4 %
33.33% 33 % 22 11
3 3

r
1 1 8
4.34% 4 %
25% 25% 23 23
4

Si
1 1 1
4.16% 4 %
20% 20% 24 6
5
1 2 1
16.66% 16 % 4% 4%
6 3 25

p
1 2 1 1
14.28% 14 % 2.5% 2 %
40 2
7
1
7
1
12 %
a 3
37.5%
1
37 %

n
12.5%
t
8 2 8 2
1 1 5 io 1
a
62 %
at
11.11% 11 % 62.5%
9 9 8 2
ic

4 1
Pr

1 57 %
10% 10% 57.14%
bl

10 7 7
Pu

1 1 5 3
9.09% 9 % 71.42% 71 %
11 11 7 7
on

1 1 2 2
n

8.33% 8 % 66.66% 66 %
12 3 3 3
pi

1 9 4
ga

7.69% 7 % 80% 80%

am

13 13 5
1 1 3
7.14% 7 % 75% 75%
Ch

14 7 4
Ga

1 2 5 5
6.66% 6 % 45.45% 45 %
15 3 11 11
1 1 7 7
6.25% 6 % 63.63% 63 %
16 4 11 11
1 15 10 10
5.88% 5 % 90.90% 90 %
17 17 11 11
1 5 4 4
5.55% 5 % 44.44% 44 %
18 9 9 9
1 5 7 7
5.26% 5 % 77.77% 77 %
19 19 9 9
1
5% 5%
20

109
 Arithmetic
Derived fraction from base fractions 1 1
� �8 %
12 3

� 1 11 1 1 2
� 25% � 1� � 100% -8 3 % � 91 3 %
4 12 12
� �3
19 5 � 1 ��
3 � � 1� �
� 100%-5 ��4 % ��
� 75% 24 24 � 6 �
4
5 1
� 100%-20 % � 79 %
1 2 6 6
� � 14 %
7 7
40 4
4 1
� 57 %
� = 4 � � 400% + 44.44% � 444.44%
9 9
7 7
5 3 43 1
� 71 % � � 7 � � 700% + 16.66% � 716.66%
7 7 6 6

r
1 13 6 5 5
� � 1 � � 100% + 85 % � 185 7 %
= 20%

Si
� 7 7 7
5
3 35 5 1 1
� 3 � 20% = 60% � � 5 � � 500% + 83 % � 583 %
5 6 6 3 3

2 29 2 2
1 � � 9 � � 966 %

p
� = 16 % 3 3 3
6 3
71 11 � 1 � 2
5
6
2 1
= 5×16 % = 83 %
3 3
a�
12
�5�
12
� 500% + 11 ���8 % ���� � 500% + 91 %
3 3

n
t
1 2 2
�
15
�6 %
3 io
� 591 3 %
a
at
11 2 1 37 7 2 2
� � 2� � 200% + 46 3 % � 246 3 %
ic

=11×6 % =73 %
Pr

15 3 3 15 15
bl

Percentage to fraction conversion

1 1
�6 %
Pu

�
16 4
1 7
11 1 3 � 17.5% � 17.5× � 40 or
on

=11×6 % = 68 % 100
n

16 4 4
� �
��2.5% � 1 �� � 7 7
pi

1 1 � � 17.5%= 40
ga

� �4 % �� 40 �
am

24 6
1 1 164 41
� 164% � �
=2 % 100 25
Ch

48 12
Ga

17 1 5 5 125 125 5
� 15 % � % � �
= 17×2 % = 35 % 8 8 800 32
48 12 12
5 1 1 5
1 1 � 35 % � 5×7 % � 5× �
� �6 % 7 7 14 14
16 4
1 1 1 1 1 1 7
13 � 29 % � 25% + 4 % � � �
=13×6 % = 81 % 6 6 4 24 24
16 4 4
13 3 3 1 1 1 7
� 23.33% � 20% + 3.33% � � =
or = 1– = 100% – 18 % = 81 % 5 30 30
16 16 4 4
1 2 1 1 3 1 49
� � 14 % � 78 % � 75% + 3 % � � �
7 7 3 3 4 30 60

6 1 2 5 2 1 7
� 1 � =100-14 % = 85 % � 46.66% � 40%+6.66% � + � 15
7 7 7 7 5 15

110
 Arithmetic
4 1 33 Scaling factor/multiplying factor
� 82.5% � 80% + 2.5% � + �
5 40 40 � x �
� � x % � K+kx%=K(1+x%)=K �1 �
K ���� �
1 2 1 5 100 � �
� 83 % � 100%-16 % � 1- � � �
3 3 6 6
3 19
multiplying multiplying
� 237.5% � 200% + 37.5% � 2 + � factor factor
8 8
Initial Final
3 24 100% 128%
� 342.84% � 300% + 42.84% � 3+ �
7 7
+1.28
9 121
� 756.25 � 7+ � 16 Change in value
16 +7
28% =
3 1 323 25 Initial value
� 538.33 � 500% + 30% + 8.33% � 5 + � � 60
10 12 � Initial Final

r
25 32
2 37
� 528.56% � 5+ � 7
7

Si
+7
x y � 11
� x% of y = y% of x � �y = �x � -44% � 44% =
100 100 25
1.V F.V
5
� 840% of 62.5 � 62.5% of 840 � � 840 � 525 25 14

p
8
-11
3
�
�
7.44% of 3750 � 37.50% of 744 � ×744 � 279
99 is what % of 135
8 a � +35% � 35% =
�7
20

n
t
1.V F.V
99 1
×100% = 73 % or 20io 27
a
at
135 3
+7
ic

135 ���100%
Pr

�9 40 : 31
-22.5% �
bl

100 � �
1 ��� % 40 -9
135
Pu

� �26%
x �� �� � � x � x � 26% �
100
99 ��� 99 � %
135 26 � 26 ��
on

x+x× = x ���1 � �
n

or 100 100 ��
15 : 11
pi

= x × 1.26
ga

1 2 multiplying factor (m.F)

am

=6 % Initial value Change Final value

15 3
Ch

11 1 � 37 ��
= 73 % x +37% 1.37x = ����1 � �x
15 3 100 ��
Ga

� 99 is what % less than 135 � 45 ��

y -45% 0.55y = ����1 � �y
99 135 36 100 ��
�� �100% or
–36 135 5
z +45.45% z+z×
11
4 2
15 : 4 � � 26 % �����������������������������
15 3
� 5 �� � �
� 180 is what % of 125 �� � ��1 � 5 �� ×z = 16 z
�11�� � 11�� 11
180
× 100% = 144% � �
125 w +31.25% ��1 � 5 �� w = 21 w
�� 16 �� 16
or
125 : 180 2 � 7� 8
u -46 % ���1 � ��� u = u
×0.8 3 � 15 � 15
�
100 144
� 7 ��
�� �
+44% �15 ��

111
 Arithmetic
� Net income = Income – Income Tax Second Method :-
Initial : Final
Rs.700 = Rs.800 – Rs.100 100 : {(100 × 1.2) ×1.3}×0.5
Rate of income tax = 100 : 78
�
100
×100% = 12.5% 22% Change (Decrease)
800
1. If the population/cost of a certain town/article, is
Income Tax P and annual increment rate is r% , then
= Total income �100%
P
Net Income = Income – Income Tax r%
t
� r �
700 = 800 – 100 (i) After 't' years population/cost � P �1 � �
� 100 �
–50 +50 t
� r �

r
't' � P �1 � �
650 = 800 – 150 � 100 �

Si
Change in net income & tax will be same
P
(ii) Before 't' years population/cost � t
� r �
Concept of deviation �1 � �
� 100 �
� Rice Dal Sugar
P

p
Exp � 7 : 13 : 5 't' � t
% Change � +17% +20% +19% � r �
�1 � �
Deviation � –1%
Let overall change is 18%
+2% +1%
18%
a 2.
�
Formula: If we change a number by x% & y%
100 �

n
t
successively
Deviation Deviation Deviation io
Then, net% change
a
at
in rice in dal in sugar
x% y%
ic
Pr

(-1% × 7 + 2% × 13 + 1%×5)
bl

� xy ��
�
7+13+5 � ���x � y+ 100���%
Pu

  Total deviation divide 3. If the population of a town /cost of a article is P

on

and it decreases/reduces at the rate of r%

n

� �7 � 26 � 5 ��
� 18% + ��� % ��
�
annually, then.
25
pi

P r%
ga

18% + 0.96% = 18.96%

am

or
Rice : Dal : Sugar � r �
t
Ch

Exp � 7 : 13 : 5 (i) After 't' years population/cost � P �1 � �

� 100 �
Ga

% Change 17% 17+3% 17%+2%

t
Let overall % change = 17% � r �
't' � P �1 � �
deviation = 13 × 3% + 5 × 2% = 49% � 100 �
divide P
(ii) Before 't' years population/cost � t
49 � r �
� overall % change � 17% + %
25 �1 � �
� 100 �
� 17% + 1.96 � 18.96%
P
Annual increment/decrement 't' � t
� r �
� Successive percentage change:- �1 � �
� 100 �
4. Net % change of x% , y% and z% is
+20 +36 –78
100 120 156 78 x% , y% z%
+20% +30% –50%
� xy � yz � zx xyz �
–22 �� x � y � z � � 100
�
10000 ��
%
net % change = 22% �

112
 Arithmetic
5. If the present population of a town is P and the a% b%
populat ion increases or decreases at rat e of R1% ,
R2% and R3% in first, second and third year � ab �
�a � b � �%
respectively. � 100 �
P
R1% , R2% R3% (Negative for decrease, Positive for increase)

then the population of town after 3 years 3. If a number is decreased by a% and then it is
increased by b% , then net increase or decrease
percent is
� R �� R �� R � a% b%
� P �1 � 1 � �1 � 2 � �1 � 3 �
� 100 � � 100 � � 100 �
'+' is used when population increases
� ab �
'+' � �a � b � �%

r
� 100 �
'–' is used when population decreases.

Si
'–' � Negative sign for decrease �
The above formula may be extended for n number � �
� Positive sign for increase �
of years.
4. If a number is first decreased by a% and then by
n
� ab �

p
� Population after 'n' years 'n' b% , then net decrease percent is � �a � b � �%
� 100 �
� R �� R � � R � (–ve sign for decrease)
� P �1 � 1 � �1 � 2 � ... �1 � n �
� 100 � � 100 � � 100 �
a a% b%

n
6. +30% +35% –48%
t
� ab �
= +35% –48% +30% io � �a � b � � % –ve
a
� 100 �
at
Initial × 1.3 × 1.35 × 0.52 = Initial × 1.35 × 0.52 ×
1.3
ic
Pr

� sequence change successive 5. If a number is first increased by a% and then again

bl

change increased by b% , then total increase percent is

Pu

Important Points a% b%
� Based on increase/decrease
on
n

� ab �
�a � b � �%
pi

1. If an amount is increased by x% and then it is � 100 �

ga

reduced by x% again, then percentage change will

am

6. If the cost of an article is increased by A% , then

x2 how much to decrease the consumption of article,
be a decrease of %
so that expenditure remains same is given by
Ch

100
x% x% A%
Ga

x2
% OR
100
If the income of a man is A% more than another
Ex. Price of an article is increased by 10% and then man, then income of another man is less in
reduced by 10% . What will be net percentage comparison to the 1st man by
change?
A%
10% 10%

� A �
102 �� � 100 � %
�
� Price will be decrease by % = 1% � �100 � A � �
100
7. If the cost of an article is decreased by A% , then
2. If a number is increased by a% and then it is
the increase in consumption of article to maintain
decreased by b% , then resultant change in
the expenditure will be?
� ab � A%
percentage will be � a � b � �%
� 100 �

113
 Arithmetic
OR 13. If every side of cube or radius of sphere is
If 'x' is A% less than 'y'. then y is more than 'x' by increased by a% , then increase % in volume
� �
a%
A
Required% = �� 100 – A � 100 �� % (increase) %
�� � �
� 3a 2 a3 �
� A � � � 3a � � �%
�� � 100 � % � 100 �100 � ��
2
'x' 'y' A% y 'x' � �
� �100 – A � �
14. If a% of a certain sum is taken by 1st man and b%
of remaining sum is taken by 2nd man and finally
8. If the length of a rectangle is increase by a% and c% of remaining sum is taken by 3rd man, then if
breadth is increased by b% , then the area of 'x' rupee is the remaining amount then,
rectangle will increase by
a%
a%
b%
b%
c% 'x'

r
Si
� ab � Initial amount
Required Increase = �a � b � �%
� 100 �
100 100 100
9. If the side of a square is increases by a% then, its x� � �
100 � a 100 � b 100 � c
area will increase by
15. If an amount is increased by a% and then again

p
a% increased by b% and finally increased by c% . So,
that resultant amount is 'x' rupees, then

� a2 �
a a% b%

n
� 2a � �% c%
t
100 �
�
io 'x'
a
10. If radius of circle is increased by a% then its area
at
Initial amount
� a2 �
ic
Pr

will be increased by = � 2a � 100 � % x�

100
�
100
�
100
bl

� �
100 � a 100 � b 100 � c
Pu

a%
16. On increasing/decreasing the cost of a certain
� a2 �
= � 2a � 100 � % article by x% , a person can buy 'a' kg article less/
on
n

� � more in 'y' rupees, then

pi

11. If the side of a square is decreased by a% , then x% 'a'

ga

the area of square will decrease by

am

'y'
a% Increased/decreased cost of the article
Ch

� xy �
�� �
Ga

� a2 � � 100 � a �
� Decrease � � �2a � �%
� 100 �
xy
This formula is also applicable for circles where And initial cost �
�100 � x � a
decrease % of radius is given.
[Negative sign when decreasing and positive sign
when increasing]

12. If the length, breadth and height of a cuboid are

17. If a person saves 'R' rupees after spending x% on
increased by a% , b% and c% respectively, then,
food, y% on cloth and z% on entertainment of his
Increase% in volume
income then.
a% , b%
x% y%
c%
z% 'R'
� ab � bc � ca abc �
� �a � b � c � � 100
2�
% � �R
�� 100 �100� �� Monthly income 100 � � x � y � z �

114
 Arithmetic
Examination based 50 � 3600
1. In an examination, a% candidates failed in Maths � Total no. of votes = = 36000
55 � 50
and b% candidates failed in English. If c%
Price increase/decrease
candidate failed in both the subjects, then
� If the price of an article is reduced by a% and buyer
a% b%
gets c kg more for some Rs. b, the new price per
c%
ab
(i) Passed candidates in both the subjects kg of article �
100 � c

= 100 – (a + b – c)% a%
(ii) Percentage of candidates who failed in either b c
subject ab
�
100 � c
= (a + b – c)% Ex. Price of an article is reduced by 10% and buyer
2. In a certain examination passing marks is a% . If

r
gets 8 kg more for Rs. 300. Find new price per kg?
any candidate obtains 'b' marks and fails by 'c'
10% 300

Si
marks then,
a% 'b' 8
'c' 10 � 300 15 3
New price per kg = � � 3 Rs / kg
100 � b � c � 100 � 8 4 4

p
Total marks �
a Miscellaneous
Ex. In an examination passing marks are 35% . A 1. If two numbers are respectively x% and y% less
person got 80 marks and fail by 25 marks. Find
a than the third number, first numbe r as a

n
total marks? 100 � x
t
percentage of second is 100 � y � 100%
35% 80 io
a
at
25 x% y%
ic
Pr

100(80 � 25) 100 � 105 100 � x

Total marks = = = 300 � 100%
bl

35 35 100 � y
Pu

3. In a certain examination, 'B' boy and 'G' girls 2. If two numbers are respectively x% and y% more
participated x% of boys and y% of girls passed the than a third number the first as percentage of
examination, then. second is
on
n

'B' 'G' x% y%
pi

x% y%
ga
am

� B.x � G.y � 100 � x

�� �% � 100%
� B�G � 100 � y
Ch

4. If a candidate got A% votes in a poll and he won or 3. If a number 'a' is increased or decreased by b% ,
Ga

defeated by 'x' votes, then, what was the total no. then the new number will be
of votes which was casted in poll ? 'a' b%
A% 'x'

� 100 � b �
� ��a
� 100 �
50 � x
�Total number of votes �
� A � 50 �
Ex. A candidate got 55% votes in an election and won
by 3600 votes. Find total number of votes?
55% 3600

115
 Arithmetic

Profit & Loss

� Cost price (CP) = Total investment for a product. 25 : 21

(CP)
1. SP > CP � Profit = SP- CP 25 � 21
Loss% = × 100% = 16%
SP < CP � Loss = CP-SP 25
SP = CP � No profit No loss 7 � Loss
� 35% Loss �
Profit % % 20 � CP

CP SP
CP : SP
�
` 250 ` 290
20 : (20 – 7)

r
20 : 13
OR

Si
Profit = ` 40
100% : 65%
40
Profit% = ×100% = 16% � 7 � 13
250 For SP � × 0.65 or × �1 � 20 � =
� � 20
Profit(Rs) SP – CP Label price/marked price = printed price on a

p
Profit% = ×100% = ×100% �
CP CP product
`250 ��� `40 Profit

`1 ���
40
Profit
a The cost price of an article is Rs. 500 and its mark

n
price is Rs. 800, then find markup percentage ?
t
250
io 500 800
a
40
at
`100 ��� ×100 = `16 Profit
250
ic
Pr

3 � Profit CP MP
� 15% Profit � 15% =
bl

20 � CP Rs.500 Rs.800
Pu

CP : SP
20 23 Mark-up = MP – CP = Rs. 300
CP SP MP – CP = Rs. 300
on
n

100% 115% mark - up(rs)

Mark-up% = ×100%
pi

CP
ga

� 3 � 23
am

For SP � ×1.15 or × ����1 � ���� � MP – CP

20 20 = ×100%
CP
Ch

Loss % %
800 �500
Ga

7 � Loss = ×100% = 60%

500
� Loss = 35% =
20 � CP � If an object is sold on r% Profit.
Loss CP – SP r%
Loss% = × 100 = × 100%
CP CP
�100 � Profit% �
then, S.P. = C.P � � or C.P.
� CP SP � 100 �
` 475 ` 399
� 100 �
� S.P. � �
Loss = ` 76 �100 � Profit% �
Similarly, if an object is sold on r% loss, then
76
Loss% = × 100 = 16% r%
475
Loss CP – SP �100 � Loss% �
S.P. � CP � �� or � S.P. � 100 �
Loss% = × 100 = × 100% � 100 ��100 � Loss% ��
CP CP
� CP SP
475 : 399

116
 Arithmetic
Successive profit/loss Ex. On selling 12 articles the profit earned is equal to
1. Successive Profits : If A sells an article to B at selling of 4 articles. Find profit% .
a% profit and B sells it to C at b% profit 12 4
A B a%
B C b%
4 � 100
OR Profit% = � 50%
12 � 4
If a% and b% are two successive profits
3. If a man sells two similar objects one at a loss of
a% b% x% and another at a gain of x% , then he always
� ab � incures loss in this transaction and loss% is
then Total Profit � �a � b � �%
� 100 � x2
%
If A sells an article to B at a% profit and B sells it 100
to C at b% profit and if C paid Rs. x, then amount x%
� 100 � � 100 � x%

r
paid by A � x � � �� �
� 100 � a � � 100 � b � x2

Si
% %
A B a% B C b% 100
C, x A 4. A man sells his items at a profit/loss of x% . If he
had sold it for Rs. R more, he would have gained/
� 100 � � 100 � loss y% . Then.
� x�� �� �

p
� 100 � a � � 100 � b � x%
R y%
2. If a% profit and b% loss occur, simultaneously
� ab �
a
n
then overall loss or profit% is � a � b � R
t
�%
C.P. of items � � y � x � �100
� 100 �
io
a
at
a% b% '+' = when one is profit and other is loss.
ic

� ab � '+'
Pr

�a � b � �% '–' = When both are either profit or loss.

bl

� 100 �
'–'
Pu

(–ve sign for loss, +ve sign for profit)

–ve +ve Ex. A man sells his items at 10% profit. If he had sold
for Rs. 40 more then he would have gained 15%
on
n

Based on number of article profit. Find cost price of item.

1. If cost price of 'x' articles is equal to selling price
pi

10%
ga

of 'y' articles, then

am

Selling Price = x. Cost Price = y 40 15%

'x' 'y'
Ch

x y 40
CP = � 100 �� Rs. 800
Ga

(15 � 10)
x �y
Hence, Profit and Loss% = � 100 5. If a man purchases 'a' items for Rs. x and sells 'b'
y
items for Rs. y, then his profit or loss per cent is
x �y given by
= � 100
y x 'a' y
2. On selling 'x' articles the profit or loss is equal to 'b'
y � 100 � ay � bx �
selling of 'y' articles, then Profit% x �y � � � 100%
� bx �
'x' 'y' Dishonest Shopkeeper
y � 100 1. A dishonest shopkeeper sells his goods at C.P. but
= x �y uses false weight, then his profit =

y � 100
Loss% �
x �y

117
 Arithmetic
True weight � False weight [Profit or loss as per positive or negative sign).
Gain% % = � 100
False weight
Error Ex. If a vendor used to sell his articles at 13% loss but
or Gain% = True value � Error � 100 uses 150 gm instead of 200 gm. Then his profit/
(Positive and negative sign conventions are used loss% is?
for profit and loss.) 13%
200 150

Ex. A dishonest shopkeeper sells his goods at CP but

� 200 �
��100 � 13 � � 150 � 100 � %
uses 750 gm weight instead of 1000 gm. Find his
profit percent? � �

� 4 �
1000 750 = � 87 � � 100 � % = (116 – 100)% = 16% profit
� 3 �

r
3. If a% and b% are two successive losses then

Si
1000 � 750 (negative sign shows loss and positive sign shows
Gain% = � 100% profit).
750
a% b%
250 1
���� × 100% = 33 %
750 3

p
2. If a vendor used to sell his articles at x% loss on � ab �
Total loss% � � �a � b � �%
cost price but uses y grams instead of z grams, � 100 �
then his profit or loss% is
a 4. If a% loss and b% profit occur then, total loss/profit

n
x% is
t
y z io a% b%
a
at
� ab �
� �a � b � �%
ic

� 100 �
Pr

� y �
��100 � x � z �100� %
bl

� � (negative sign for loss and positive sign for profit)

Pu
on
n
pi
ga
am
Ch
Ga

118
 Arithmetic

Discount

Discount 2 �2
18 %=
� Discount = MP – SP 11 11
� Always calculated on marked price 2
� 25 �100 = 8% profit
� Can not be greater than 100%
2
100% 2. –18 %
MP –10% –8.33% 11
1. CP SP MP 100 DI 90 DII 82.5 DIII
500 700 800 11 9
90× ×

r
Discount = MP – SP = 100 12 11
D = 32.5%
= 67.5

Si
Discount
Discount%= ×100%
MP
2
MP – SP Equivalent discount of 10% , 8.33% & 18 % =
= ×100% 11
MP
32.5%

p
100 3. Successive discount � x% , y%
� �100% = 12.5%
800
2. If shopkeeper does not allow any discount a �
Net discount- ����x � y �
xy ��
��� %
100

n
t
4. Successive discount � x% , y% , z%
MP = SP � Mark-up% = Profit%
io
a
3. SP = CP + Profit = MP - Discount Net discount
at
700 = 500 + 200 = 800 - 100
xy � yz � zx xyz
ic

�
Pr

4. CP = (x + y + z) –
SP MP 100 10000
bl
Pu

+P% -d
Profit discount Ex:- 5%, 7% , 8%
SP = CP × (100 + P)% = MP × (100-d)% Net discount
on
n

CP 100 – d% � 35 � 56 � 40 �� 5 � 7 � 8
=
�
MP 100 + p% = 20 – ���� ��
��
pi

100 10000
ga

5. Net effect (successive) of mark up% and discount% = 20 – 1.31 + 0.0280

am

is profit % = 18.718%
Ch

Free Article
� M �D�
Ga

�� %
� Buy 4 get 1 free 4 1 :-
P% = ����M � D �
100 �� 1 Article MP = Rs. 1
Successive Discount D=1
MP =5
2
–10% –8.33% –18 11 %
1. +60% 1
160 D%= ×100 =20%
100 5
Markup MP DI 144 DII 132 DIII 108
CP Note: Any kind of Discount is calculated only on
marked price and not on selling price or cost price.
8% profit

�3 'y' articles (quantity/number) are given free on

60% =
5 purchasing 'x' articles. Then,
�1
10% = 'y' 'x'
10
�1 x � 100
8.33% = Discount% �
12 x �y

119
 Arithmetic
Ex. If 2 articles are given free on purchase of 8 articles 30%
then find discount % . 15%
8 2

30 � (100 � 15)
� � 15
2 100
Discount % = (2 � 8) × 100% = 20%
255
� � 15 ��25.5 – 15 = 10.5% profit
Miscellaneous 10
1. If article is sold on D% discount, then 3. The marked price of an article is fixed in such a
D% way that after allowing a discount of r% a profit of
R% is obtained. Then the marked price of the
MP �100 � D�
SP � . � r�R �
100 article is � � 100 � % more than its cost
� 100 � r �
SP � 100

r
MP � price.
100 � D

Si
r%
2. A tradesman marks his goods r% above his cost price.
If he allows his customers a discount of r1% on the R%
marked price. Then the profit or loss percent is � r +R �
r% � ×100 � %
� 100 - r �

p
r1% Ex. The MP of an article is fixed in such a way that
after allowing a discount of 20% a profit of 30% is
r � �100 � r1 �
� r1
a obtained. Then mark-up percent is?

n
100 20%
t
(Positive sign signifies profit and negative sign io 30%
a
at
signifies loss).
ic
Pr

� 20 � 30 �
Mark-up% = � (100 � 20) � 100 � %
bl

Ex. A shopkeeper marks his goods 30% above the cost � �

Pu

price. If he allows a discount of 15% on the mark

50
price. Then his profit or loss percent is? = × 100% = 62.5%
on

80
n
pi
ga
am
Ch
Ga

120
 Arithmetic

Simple interest

Important Points � If there are distinct rates of interest for distinct

time periods i.e.
� Borrowed money is called Principal and it is
denoted by 'P'.
'P'
Rate for 1st t1 years � R1%
� Money is borrowed for certain time period, that t1 � R1%
time is called interest time and it is denoted by Rate for 2nd t2 years � R2%
'T' or 't'. t2 � R2%

r
Rate for 3rd t3 years � R3%
'T' 't'

Si
t3 � R3%
� The principal becomes Amount when interest is Then, Total S.I. for 3 years
added to it Amount is represented as A.
S.I.
P � R1t1 � R 2t 2 � R 3t 3 �
A �

p
100
� So, Amount = Principal + Interest � A = P + S.I.
Rate of Interest
OR
� A = P + S.I. a � Interest on Rs. 100 in one year is called Rate of

n
Interest.
t
Interest = Amount – Principal ��S.I = A – P
��S.I = A – P io
100
a
at
� If a certain sum becomes 'n' times of itself in T
� When Interest is payable half – yearly
years on Simple Interest, then the rate per cent
ic
Pr

per annum is.

bl

Rate will be half and time will be twice T 'n'

Pu

When interest is payable quarterly

� n � 1� � 100% and,
on

R% �
n

Rate will be one-fourth and time will be four times. T

pi

� n � 1� � 100%
ga

T�
am

Simple Interest (SI) R

Ex. If a certain sum becomes 3 times of itself in 4
Principal � Rate � Time
Ch

� SI = years on simple interest. Find rate percent per

100
Ga

annum.
4 3
or,
P �R � T
S.I �
100 (3 � 1)
R= × 100% = 50%
4
S.I � 100
P� � If Simple Interest (S.I.) becomes 'n' times of
R�T
principal i.e.
S.I � 100 (S.I.) 'n'
R�
P�T S.I. = P × n then.
S.I �100 RT = n × 100
T� � If an Amount (A) becomes 'n' times of certain sum
P �R
(P) i.e.
A = P + S.I
or, (A) (P) 'n'
S.I. = A – P A = Pn then
RT = (n – 1) × 100

121
 Arithmetic
� If the difference between two simple interests is Installment
'x' calculated at different annual rates and times,
� If a sum is to be deposited in equal installments,
then principal (P) is
then
'x'
(P) A � 200
Equal installments �
T ��200 � � T � l � r ��
x � 100
P�
� diff. in rate� � �diff. in time� where
� If a sum amounts to x1 in t years and then this T = no. of years
sum amounts to x2 in t yrs. Then the sum is given A = amount
by r = Rate of Interest
t x1 t � To find the rate of interest under current deposit
x2 plan,
� Diff in amount � � 100

r
P�
� Change in interest Rate � � time r�
S.I. � 2400

Si
� If a sum with simple interest rate, amounts to 'A' n � n � 1� � � deposited amount �
in t1 years and 'B' in t2 years, then. where n = no. of months
t1 'A' t2 'B' � The difference between the S.I. for a certain sum
P1 deposited for time T1 at R1 rate of interest and

p
another sum P2 deposited for time T2 at R2 rate of
R% �
� B � A � � 100 interest is
A.t2 � B.t1 and

At2 � Bt1
a P1
R1 T1
R2 T2

n
P�
t
P2
t2 � t1
io
a
at
P2R 2T2 � P1R1T1
S.I. �
100
ic
Pr
bl
Pu
on
n
pi
ga
am
Ch
Ga

122
 Arithmetic

Compound interest

Compound interest is the interest you earn on interest � P = Rs. 7500

R = 7% , 8%
1. If rate of interest in first and 2nd cycle are x% & 7�8
y% respectively CI2 - SI2 � % = 0.56%
100
x% y% 7500 × 0.56% � Rs. 42
� xy �� 5. P = 10.000
CI2 = ���x � y � �
�� % T = 3 years
100
1 11
� If rate is same = r% R = 10% p.a = � or 1.1

r
10 10
� r2 �
�
� P A1 A2 A3
CI2 = ��2r � 100 ��� %

Si
� � 10000 11000 12100 13310
r2 ×1.1 ×1.1 ×1.1
2. Difference between CI & SI for 2 years = %
100
CII CIII CIIII

p
� r 2 �� 1000 1100 1210
�
Rate CI2 ��2r � 100 ��� Difference between CI and SI
� �
×1.1 ×1.1
5%
10%
10.25%
21%
0.25%
1%
a Amount & CII, CIII, CIIII G.P

n
6. Ratio of CI of
t
15% 32.25% 2.25%
io
2 years � 2 : 1
a
20% 44% 4%
at
3 years � 3 : 3 : 1
25% 56.25% 6.25%
4 years � 4 : 6 : 4 : 1
ic

30% 69% 9%
Pr

5 years � 5 : 10 : 10 : 5 : 1
bl

3. Rate = x% , y% , z% for 3 cycles.

Some important points
Pu

� �xy + yz + zx � xyz � �
CI = ��� x + y + z � + 100
+
10000 � %
1. If
� �
A = Amount
on
n

� P = Rs. 4000
P = Principal
R = 2% , 3% , 5%
pi

r = Rate of Compound Interest (C.I.)

ga

CI = (10 + 0.31 + 0.0030)% = 10.313%

am

� 4000 × 10.313% = Rs. 412.52 (C.I.)

� If r% for 3 consecutive years t = no. of years
Ch

r% , r% , r% then ,
Ga

t
� 3r2 r3 �� � r �
� A � P �1 �
CI3 = ��3r � 100 � 10000��� % � , C.I. � A � P
� � � 100 �
� P = Rs. 10, 000 �� r �
t
�
R = 7% p.a. C.I. � P ��1 � � � 1�
�� 100 � �
CI3 = ?
2. Compound interest is calculated on four basis:
Eff. Rate = (21 + 1.47 + 0.0343)% = 22.0543%
� CI3 � 10, 000 × 22.5043%
= Rs. 2250.43 Rate Time(n)
4. Rate CI 3 CI3 - SI3 Annually r% t years
5% 15.7625% 0.7625% r
10% 33.1% 3.1% Half-yearly % t × 2 years
2
15% 52.0875% 7.0875% r
20% 72.8% 12.8% Quarterly % t × 4 years
4
25% 95.3125% 20.3125%
r
30% 119.7% 29.7% Monthly % t × 12 years
12

123
 Arithmetic
3. If there are distinct 'rates of interest' for distinct
�B �
time periods i.e. (i) If b – a = 1, then R% � � � 1� ×100%
� A �

� B �
Rate for 1st year � r1%
(ii) If b – a = 2, then R% � �� A � 1�� × 100%
� �

Rate for 2nd year � r2% � 1

�
� � B �n �
�
(iii) If b – a = n then, R% ��� A �� � 1
� × 100%
� �
Rate for 3nd year � r3% and so on
where n is a whole number.
n
Then
8. If a sum becomes 'n' times of itself in 't' years on
� r �� r �� r �
A � P �1 � 1 � �1 � 2 � �1 � 3 � ... � 1t �
� 100 � � 100 � � 100 � compound interest, then R% � n � 1� × 100%
�

r
� �
C.I. = A – P

Si
4. If the time is in fractional form i.e., 't' 'n'
� 1
�
R% = � n -1� × 100
t
t = nF, then
� �
n
� r � � rF � 5 Ex. If a sum becomes 3 times of itself in 2 years on

p
A � P �1 � � �1 � � e.g. t � 3 yrs, then
� 100 � � 100 � 7 compound interest then R% is �

�
A � �1 �
r � �
3

� �1 �
r 5�
� �
a R
2 3

n
� 100 � � 100 7 �
t
5. A certain sum becomes 'm' times of itself in 't' io � 1

R% = � 3 � 1� � 100%
2
�
a
at
years on compound interest then the time it will � �
take to becomes mn times of itself is t × n years.
� �
ic
Pr

�� 3 – 1 ×100%
'm' 't'
bl

mn t×n 9. (i) for n = 2. Each annual installment

Pu

n =2
Ex. A certain sum becomes 3 times of itself in 5 years P
�
on
n

2
on compound interest. Then the time it will take � 100 � � 100 �
to becomes 81 times of itself is � � ��� �
� 100 � r � � 100 � r �
pi
ga

5 3 (ii) For n = 3. Each annual installment

am

81 n =3
Ch

81 = 3 4
P
� 2 3
� Time = 5 × 4 = 20 years
Ga

� 100 � � 100 � � 100 �

6. The difference between C.I. and S.I. on a sum 'P' � ��� � �� �
� 100 � r � � 100 � r � � 100 � r �
in 2 years at the rate of R% rate of compound
10. The simple interest for a certain sum for 2 years
interest will be
at an annual rate of interest R% is S.I., then
S.I. C.I. 'P' 2
R%
R%
S.I.
2
R � S.I. � R
For 2 year,� C.I. � S.I. � P �� � � � R �
� 100 � 200 C.I. � S.I. �1 � �
� 200 �
� R � �
2
R � 11. A certain sum at C.I., becomes x times in n1 year
For 3 years, C.I. – S.I. � P � � � �3 � �
� 100 � � 100 � 1 1
and y times in n2 years then x n � y n . 1 2

7. If on compound interest, a sum becomes Rs. A in

'a' years and Rs. B in 'b' years then, n1 x n2
'a' A 1 1
y x n1 = y n2
‘b’ B

124
 Arithmetic

Ratio & Proportion

Concept of Ratio m
(i) Part of A � �R
� The comparative relation between two amounts/ m�n
quantities of same type is called ratio.
n
(ii) Part of B � �R
m�n

� Ratio always occurs between units, as- m–n

(iii) Difference of part of A and B � �R
m�n
where m > n
Rupees : Rupees
4. If the ratio of A and B is m : n and the difference

r
kg : kg in their share is 'R' units then,

Si
Hour : Hour A B m:n 'R'
Second : Second etc.
� Let an amount be x and another is y, then the m
ratio between them is x : y or x ÷ y. (i) Part of A � �R
m�n

p
x y x:y
n
x÷y (ii) Part of B � �R
�
and 2nd number i.e., 'y' is called "consequent".
a
In ratio 1st number i.e. 'x' is called "antecedent"
m�n
m�n

n
t
(iii) The sum of parts of A and B � �R
'x'
io m�n
a
where m > n
at
'y'
� If a : b : : c : d, then a and d are called extremes 5. If the ratio of alligation of milk and water in a
ic
Pr

and b and c are called means. glass is m : n and in other glass alligation is p : q,
bl

then the ratio of milk and water in third glass

a:b::c:d a d b c
which contains alligation of both glasses is
Pu

m:n
� Product of extremes = Product of means.
p:q
on
n

i.e., ad = bc
1. It does not change the ratio, when we multiply or
pi

divide antecedent and consequent of the ratio by

ga

� m p � � n q �
am

a same non-zero number as- Ratio � � � �:� � �

� m � n p � q � � m � n p �q�
Ch

a c e a � c � e � ...
6. If � � � ...... then each ratio �
Ga

b d f b � d � f � ...
a a�c
e.g. a : b = � = ac : bc = a : b Definition of different types of ratio
b b�c
2. What should be added to all of a, b, c, d (numbers)
so that these become proportional respectively? 1. Mixed ratio – Let x : y and P : Q be two ratios, then
Px : Qy is called mixed ratio.
a, b, c, d
x:y P:Q
Px : Qy
Let x should be added x :
2. Duplicate ratio – The mixed ratio of two equal
a�x c�x ratios is called the duplicate ratio as
Then ::
b�x d�x
3. If an amount R is to be divided between A and B in
the ratio m : n then duplicate ratio of a : b is a2 : b2
R A B m:n a:b a2 : b2

125
 Arithmetic
3. Subduplicate ratio – The square root of a certain a c a�b c�d
ratio is called its subduplicate. It means, If � then, �
b d b d
a c a �b c�d
� �
b d b d
The subduplicate ratio of a : b = a: b
�a c a � b c � d�
a:b = or, � � 1 � � 1 � �
a: b
� b d b d ��
4. Triplicate ratio – The cube of a certain ratio is
called triplicate ratio. 10. Dividendo – If a : b :: c : d is a proportion, then its
dividendo is (a – b) : b :: (c – d) : d
a : b :: c : d
(a – b) : b :: (c – d) : d
The triplicate ratio of a : b = a3 : b3
a:b = a3 : b3 a c a c
It means , � � �1 � �1
5. Subtriplicate ratio – The cube root of a certain b d b d

r
ratio is called subtriplicate ratio as - a �b c �d
� �

Si
b d
11. Componendo and dividendo – If there is a
proportion a : b :: c : d then its componendo and
The Subtriplicate ratio of a : b = 3
a :3b
dividendo is

p
a:b = 3
a :3b – a : b :: c : d
6. Inverse ratio – The reciprocal of quantities of ratio
is called its inverse. Reciprocal or inverse ratio of
a:b
a a�b c�d
�
(a + b) : (a – b) :: (c + d) : (c – d) or,

n
a �b c �d
t
io
To simplify the proportion any one method of
a
a:b componendo , divi dendo, compo nendo and
at
Dividendo can direcly be used.
1 1 �1 1�
ic
Pr

� : or � � : � × (L.C.M of a and b)
a b �a b�
bl

7. Invertendo – The proportion in which antecedent

Pu

and consequent quantities change their places, Concept of Proportion

is called invertendo, as - 1. Directly Proportional: If x = ky, where k is a
on
n

constant, then we say that x is direcly proportional

to y. If it is written as x � y.
pi
ga

Invertendo of a : b = c : d is b : a = d : c x = ky k
am

x y x�y
a c b d
means � then �
Ch

b d a c
Ga

8. Alternendo – If a : b :: c : d is a proportion then its k

2. Inversely Proportional: If x � y where k is a
a c
alternendo is a : c :: b : d. i.e alternendo of �
b d constant, th en we say that x is inverse ly
a b 1
is � proportional to y. It is written as x � y .
c d
a : b :: c : d k
x� k
a c a b y
a : c :: b : d � �
b d c d 1
x y x�
y
9. Componendo – If a : b :: c : d is a proportion, then
3. Proportion: When two ratios are equal to each
componenedo is (a + b) : b :: (c + d) : d
other, then they are called proportional as
a : b :: c : d
(a + b) : b :: (c + d) : d

126
 Arithmetic
a : b = c : d, then, a, b, c and d are in proportion. 7. First Proportional – Let x be the first proportional
a : b = c : d, a, b, c d of a, b and c. then, x : a :: b : c (Real condition)
or, x a, b c
a : b :: c : d x : a :: b : c
E.g. 2 : 5 = 6 : 15, then we write 2 : 5 :: 6 : 15
x b
4. Mean Proportion – Let x be the mean proportion � � � cx � ab
between a and b, then a : x :: x : b (Real condition) a c

x, a b ab
�x �
a : x :: x : b c
8. Let 'x' be a number which is subtracted from a, b,
a x
� � � x 2 � ab c and d to make them proportional then
x b
'x' a, b, c d
� x � ab
So, mean proportion of a and b � ab ad � bc

r
x�
a b � ab
� a � d � � � b � c�

Si
If x be the mean proportion between (x – a) and (x Let 'x' be a number which is added to a, b, c and d
– b) then what will be the value of x ? to make them proportional, then
x (x – a) (x – b) x 'x' a, b, c d

p
ab bc � ad
x� x�
a�b a � a � d � � � b � c�
5. Th ird proporti on al – Le t 'x' be the thi rd Here a, b, c and d should always be in ascending

n
t
proportional of a and b then, order.
'x' a b io
a
a, b, c d
at
a : b :: b : x (Real condition)
Law of Ratios
ic
Pr

a b
i.e. � ��ax = b2
bl

b x a c
� If = then
Pu

2 b d
b
�x �
a (i) ad = bc
on
n

a b
b2 (ii) =
�Third proportional of a and b � c d
pi

a
ga

a�b c�d
am

b2 (iii) =
�a b � b d
a
Ch

a �b c�d
6. Fourth Proportional – Le t x be the fourth (iv) =
Ga

proportional of a, b and c, then a : b :: c : x (Real b d

condition) a�b c�d
(v) =
x a, b c a �b c�d
a : b :: c : x How to find ratio
a c 1. If 3A = 4B = 5c find A : B : C
� � � ax � bc
b x step1: Take LCM of (3,4,5) = 60
bc 60
�x � �A= = 20
a 3
bc � A : B : C = 20 : 15 : 12
� Fourth proportional of a, b and c �
a
60
B= = 15
bc 4
� a, b c �
a
60
C= = 12
5

127
 Arithmetic
2nd Method 3A=4B=5C Concept of Degree
A:B:C = 4×5 : 3×5 : 3×4
a 7
� � � 1. If �
b 3
forA forB forC
multiply the multiply the multiply the 5a � 3b 5 � 7 � 3 � 3 44
then = =
coeff. of B & C coeff. of A & C coeff. of A & C 7a – 4b 7 � 7 – 4 � 3 37
� 20 : 15 : 12
2a 2 � 3b2 98 � 27 �25
2. If A:B = 4:5, B:C = 2:5 then find A:B:C = ? 2. = =
a 2 � 4ab 49 � 84 7
A: B :C
4: 5 3a 3 � 4b2
3. = can not be determined because degree
5a 2 � 2b3
2 :5
8 : 10 : 25
of each term is not same.

Second methtod:-(B is common, so make B equal) 3a 3 � 4b2

r
=
B B 5a 2 � 2b3

Si
A : B : C
4×2 : 5×2 Note:-
2×5 : 5×5 To solve this type of equations degree of each term
should be same.
8 : 10 : 25

a p
n
t
io
a
at
ic
Pr
bl
Pu
on
n
pi
ga
am
Ch
Ga

128
 Arithmetic

Mixture & Alligation

Concentration � Concentration of milk =

� Concentration is the percentage of a particular Left pure milk � 4 ��
3

quantity in the full mixture = �� � = 0.512

Total mixture �� 5 ��
= 51.2%
Ex. In a mixture ratio of milk; water = 60 : 40 Concentration of water = 100% – 51.2% = 48.8%
= 60 : 40 2. When different quantity is replaced each time.
� Concentration of milk =
400L pure milk

r
60
× 100% = 60% �1

Si
60 � 40 –40L pure milk +40L water =
10
E. If ratio of milk : water = 11 : 5 �1
= 11 : 5 –40 40 =
10
Then concentration of milk �1
–50L mix +50L water =

p
8
11 �1
= ×100% = 68.75% –50 +50L =
11 � 5
Concentration of water =
a �1
8

n
–80L mix +80L water =
t
5
5 io
a
×100% = 31.25% �1
at
16 –80 +80L =
5
ic

or concentration of water = 100 – concentration of

Pr

Left Quantity of pure milk

milk
bl

9 7 4
= 100 – = 400× × � = 252L
Pu

10 8 5
= 100 – 68.75% = 31.25% water = 400 – 252 = 148L
on

Replacement of mixture 2nd method :-

n

1. When same quantity is replaced each time from 10 : 9

pi

400 L Pure Milk. 8 : 7

ga
am

400 5 4
:
�80 �1 400 252
Ch

� = part of 20% removed each time

400 5 ��1 � �1
Ga

400L 252L
20%
3. If from x litre of liquid A, p litre is withdrawn and
�80L pure milk � same quantity of liquid B is added. Again from
�
�80L water �
� mixture, q litre mixture is withdrawn and same
quantity of liquid B is added. Again from mixture,
r litre is withdrawn and same quantity of liquid B
left quantity of pure milk after 3 times 3 is added, then
4 4 4 x p
� 400 × � �
5 5 5 B q
� 4�
3
B
� 400 ��� ���
�� 5 � r
� 400 � 0.512 � 204.8L B
water in final mixture = In final mixture, liquid A is A
400–204.8 = 195.2L
� x � p�� x � q �� x � r �
x� �� �� � .........
� x �� x �� x �

129
 Arithmetic
If only one process is repeated n times, then liquid Alligation
� x � p�
n
� p�
n
1. The cost of cheap object is Rs. C/kg and the cost
A in final mixture is � x � or �1 � � and � of dear object is Rs. D/kg. If the mixture of both
� x�
� x �
object costs Rs. M/kg then
liquid B in final mixture = x – (liquid A in final
mixture) C D
n M
n n Cheap object D � M
�x �p� � p� �
A � x� � �1 � � B Dear object M�C
� x � � x�
=x– A Cheap (C) Dear(D)
4. If x is initial amount of liquid. p is the amount
which is drawn, and this process is repeated n- Mixture (M)
times such that the resultant mixture is in the
D–M : M–C

r
n
a � x � p�
ratio a : b then, �� � Cheap Dear
a�b � x � Quantity

Si
Quantity
x p
2. Alligation in population related questions
n
n
a � x �p�
a:b �� �

p
a�b � x � % increase/decrease % increase/decrease
(Male) (female)
Increase/decrease of mixture
1. There is x% milk in 'a' unit mixture of milk and
a % increase/decrease

n
water. The amount of milk that should be added
t
(overall population)
to increase the percentage of milk from x% to y%
io
a
is given by
at
Initial number of Initial number of
'a' x%
ic

males females
Pr

x% y%
bl

Ex. The population of a town is 6000. If males increase

Pu

by 5% and females increase by 9% then population

Required quantity of milk
will become 6500 after 1 year. Find the initial ratio
a �x � y �
on

of males and females?

n

� unit.
�100 � y � 6000 5%
pi
ga

2. There is x% water in 'a' unit the mixture of sugar 9% 1

am

and water. The quantity of water vapourised such 6500

that decrease in the percentage of water is from
Ch

x% to y% is given by
� Overall increase in population
Ga

'a' x%
x% y% 500 50
= ×100 = %
6000 6
�Required quantity of vapourised water Male Female
5% 9%
a �x � y �
� unit.
y 50
%
3. The amount of acid/milk is x% in 'M' litre mixture. 6
How much water should be mixed in it so that
percentage amount of acid/milk would be y% ? 50 50
9� : �5
'M' x% 6 6
y% 4 20
:
M �x � y � 6 6
Amount of water �
y 1 : 5

130
 Arithmetic
3. Alligation in income related questions:
5. Profit/loss% (A) Profit/Loss% (B)

overall profit/loss%
% increase/decrease % increase/decrease
in expenditure in savings

Ex. First watch is sold at 10% profit and 2nd watch is

sold at 15% profit and the overall profit on both
the watches is 12% if cost price of first watch is
Rs. 360 Find cost price of second watch ?
Ex. A man spends 75% of his income. If his income is 10% 15%
increased by 20% and expenditure increased by 12%
10% . Then find % change in savings. 360
75%

r
20% 10%

Si
% Watch 1 Watch 2
10% 15%
3 � spends
75% = � Exp: saving = 3 : 1
4 � income
12%

p
Expenditure Savings
3 : 2 Ratio of cost price
10% x%
×120 ×120
a 360 Rs. 240 Rs.

n
t
x – 20 : 10
6. io
Discount%(A) Discount% (B)
a
3 : 1
at
overall discount%
ic

x � 20 3
Pr

� =
bl

10 1
:
Pu

x – 20 = 30
x = 50%
7. Alligation in simple interest
on
n

4. Alligation in profit loss

pi

cost price A cost price B

ga

Rate of Rate of
am

Interest %(A) Interest % (B)

cost price of mixture
Ch

Total rate of interest (A+B)

Ga

Ex. Cost price of type A sugar is 36 Rs./Kg and type B :

sugar is 45 Rs/Kg. In what ratio these type of sugar
should be mixed to get a mixture worth 39 Rs./Kg. Ex. Rs. 10,000 is lent at 5% per annum simple interest
and Rs. x is lent at 10% p.a. If overall rate of interest
A 36 B is 8% then find value of x.
45 10,000 5%
39 x 10%
8% x
Type A Type B
36 Rs/Kg 45 Rs/Kg 5% 10%

8%
39 Rs/Kg

2 : 3 Ratio of principal
45–39 : 39–36 ×5000 ×5000
6 : 3
Rs. 10,000 Rs. 15000
2 : 1

131
 Arithmetic
8. Alligation in Average
11. speed 1 speed 2
Average 1 Average 2
speed (Avg)
Total average
Time 1 : Time 2

dis tan ce
Speed=
Bowling Average Bowling Average time
9. (till innings A) (till innings B) Note � Mean value respect ratio
Total average

� P% L%
:
P%/L%
10. Alligation in time and distance CP1 CP2

r
Si
Average speed Average speed P
P% = ×100
(for part 1) (for part 2) CP

Average speed
(whole journey)

p
:
a
n
t
io
a
at
ic
Pr
bl
Pu
on
n
pi
ga
am
Ch
Ga

132
 Arithmetic

Partnership

� Profit = Capital × time

� Partnership
P=C×T
P
C=
simple partnership compound partnership T

P
If all partners invest If all partners invest T=
C
different capital for their different capitals � Profit and capital × time ×

r
same time period or for different time period
Profit = I1T1 : I2T2 : I3T3 : I4T4
same capital for

Si
where I 1, I 2, I 3, I 4 � Investments by different
different time period persons
T1, T2, T3, T4 � Time
I 1, I 2, I 3, I 4 �

p
T1, T2, T3, T4 �

a
n
t
� Partners io
a
at
ic
Pr

Active Partner Sleeping Partner

bl
Pu

invests money as who only invests money

well as takes part and does not take part in
on
n

in business activity business activities.

pi

for which he is paid

ga
am

salary from the profit.

Ch
Ga

133
 Arithmetic

Average

Concept of Deviation
� Find Average of 40, 42, 35, 50, 85
� Traditional method is to add all the numbers and divide by the number of observations but this method is
lengthy and calculative. To avoid calculation and save time we solve it by concept of deviation.

Step I : Consider any number in the range of these numbers as average.

r
I

Si
Step II : Find the difference of average from each number (deviation)
II
Step III: Add the deviation and divide it by total number of observations.
III

p
Step IV: Add or subtract (according to sign of deviation) the deviation from the average that we considered
to get accurate average.
IV a
on
Example: 40, 42, 35, 50, 85
t
Deviation: 0 +2 –5 +10 +45 ti
a
Let Average = 40
ca
Pr

0 � 2 � 5 � 10 � 45 52
i
bl

Net deviation = = = +10.4

5 5
Pu

� Actual Average = 40 + 10.4 = 50.4

1. Sum of the observation = Average × total number of the observation
on
n

= ×
pi

2. Average of two or more numbers/ quantities is called the mean of these numbers, which is given by
ga
am

Sum of all observation

Ch

Average (A) = Total no. of all observation

Ga

Example:- Weight of 60 students = 40, 42, 35, 50....

Total weight = 2400kg
2400
Average = = 40 kg/student
60
3. If the given observation (x) are occuring with certain frequency (A) then,
(x) (A)
A1x1 + A 2 x 2 + ... + A n x n
Average = x1 + x 2 + .... + x n
where A1, A2, A3, ...... An are frequencies
4. If the average of 'n1' numbers is a1 and the average of 'n2' numbers is a2, then average of total numbers n1
n1a1 + n 2a 2
and n2 is, Average = n1 + n 2

n1a1 + n2a2
'n1' a1 'n2' a2 n1 n2
n1 + n2

134
 Arithmetic
Ex. If average of 10 numbers is 24 and average of 5 numbers is 15. Find the combined average?

10 � 24 � 5 � 15 315
Combined average = = = 21
10 � 5 15
5. No. of data � n1 n 2 n 3 n 4
Average � a1 a 2 a 3 a 4
n1a1 � n2a 2 � n3n3 � n 4a 4
Net avg/weighted avg � n1 � n2 � n3 � n4
Example:
� Class A B C
No. of Students � 9 : 17 : 14
Average weight � 53 kg 59 kg 64 kg

r
9 � 53 � 17 � 59 � 14 � 64 2376
Avg.wt. of all class � = = 59.4
9 � 17 � 14 40

Si
OR, Deviation Method :
Student � 9 : 17 : 14
Avg wt. � 53 59 64kg
(–6kg×9) 0 (+5kg ×14)

p
Let Average weight of all classes = 59 kg
��54 � 70� a
= 59 kg +
40

on
t
= 59 + 0.4 = 59.4 kg
Average of consecutive numbers
ti
a
ca
1. The average of 'n' consecutive natural numbers starting from 1 i.e. Average of 1,2,3,....n
Pr

1 'n' 1,2,3, n
i
bl

n(n+1)
Pu

sum of first n natural no. 2 n +1

= =
n n 2
on
n

2. The average of squares of 'n' consecutive natural numbers starting from 1 i.e.
1 'n'
pi
ga

n(n+1)(2n+1)
am

6 � n +1�� 2n +1�
Average of 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 , .... n =
2 2 2 2 2
=
n 6
Ch

3. The average of cubes of first 'n' consecutive natural numbers i.e. Average of 13, 23, 33, .... n3
Ga

'n' 13, 23, 33, .... n3

2
� n(n+1) �
n � n � 1�
2
� �
=� 2 � =
n 4

n(n+1)
4. The average of first 'n' consecutive even natural numbers i.e. Average of 2, 4, 6,.... 2n = = (n + 1)
n
n(n+1)
'n' 2, 4, 6, .... 2n = = (n + 1)
n
2
n
5. The average of first 'n' consecutive odd natural numbers i.e. 1, 3, 5, ... (2n – 1) = =n
n
2
n
'n' 1, 3, 5, ... (2n – 1) = =n
n

135
 Arithmetic
First no.+Last no. a+n
6. The average of certain consecutive numbers a, b, c, .... n is =
2 2
First no.+Last no. a�n
a, b, c, .... n =
2 2
Ex. Find average of 4, 5, 6 .............. 20.

4 � 20 24
Average = = = 12
2 2

x �1 � n �
7. The average of 1st 'n' multiples of certain numbers x 'n' �
2
Ex. Find average of first 10 multiples of 3 3 10

r
First 10 multiples of 3 = 3, 6, 9 ..... 30 3 10

Si
3(1 � 10) 33
Average = = = 16.5
2 2

2n � n +1�� 2n +1�
8. Average of square of 1st n even number n =
3

p
9. Average of cube of 1st n even number n = 2n(n+1)2
a n � n +1�� 2n – 1�

on
10. Average of square of 1st n odd number n =
t
ti 3
a
11. Average of cube of 1st n odd number n = n(2n2–1)
ca

Last odd no. � 1

Pr
i

12. Average of 1 to n odd number 1 n =

bl

2
Pu

Last even no. � 2

13. Average of 1 to n even number 1 n =
2
on
n

Average speed
pi

1. If A goes from P to Q with speed of x km/h and returns from Q to P with speed of y km/h, then the average
ga

speed of total journey is

am

A P Q x Q P y
Ch
Ga

2xy total distance

Average speed = x + y = total time taken

2. If a distance is travelled with three different speeds a km/h, b km/h and c km/h, then Average speed of
3abc
total journey = km / h
ab + bc + ca
a b c
3abc
km/h
ab � bc � ca
Ex. A particular distance is travelled with 2 km/hr, 3 km/hr and 4 km/hr. Find average speed of the whole
journey.

3�2�3� 4 72
Average speed = =
2� 3 � 3� 4 � 4� 2 26
36
= km / hr
13

136
 Arithmetic
Average age 5. If in a group, one member is replaced by a new
members, then.
1. 't' years before, the average age of N members of
a family was 'T' years. If during this period 'n' Age of new member = (age of replaced member) �
children increased in the family but average age xn
(present) remains same, then. where, x = increase (+) or decrease (–) in average
Present age of n children = n.T – N.t n = Number of members.
't' N ‘T’
'n'
� xn
n = n.T – N.t x
2. If in the group of N persons, a new person comes n
at the place of a person of 'T' years, so that average 6. If a new member is added in a group then.
age, increase by 't' years age (or income) of added member = Average age

r
N 'T' (or income) � x (n + 1).

Si
't'
Then, the age of the new person �x
= T + N.t (n + 1).
If the average age decrease by 't' years after entry where x = increase (+) or decrease (–) in average
age (or income)

p
of new person, then the age of the new person = T
– N.t n = Number of members.

= T – N.t
't' a n
x

on
t
3. The average age of a group of N students is 'T' 7. If a member leaves the group, then income (or
years. If 'n' students join, the average age of the age) of left member = Average income (or age) �
ti
a
group increases by 't' years, then Average age of x(n – 1)
ca
Pr

�N �
i

new students � T � � � 1� t
bl

� x(n – 1)
�n �
where, x = increase (+) or decrease (–) in average
Pu

N 'T' 'n' income (or age)

't' n = Number of members.
on
n

�N � x
� T � � � 1� t
pi

�n � n
ga
am

If the average age of the group decreases by 't' When change in data happens
years, then Average age of new students 1. If in any series having common difference 'd' and
Ch

't' Average 'k', 'x' numbers are added in forward or

backward, then
Ga

d k
�N �
� T � � � 1� t x
�n �
xd
4. If the average age (height) of 'n' persons is x year New Average =k�
(cms) and from them 'm' persons went out whose 2
average age (height) is 'y' years (cms) and same 2. In series of even or odd having Average "k", when
number of persons joined whose average age we add "x" number in forward or backward, Then
(height) is 'z' years (cms) then what is the average k
age (height) of n persons ? x
'n' x (cms)
New Average = k �x
'm' 'y' (cms) 3. In series of natural number having Average "k",
'z' when we add "x" number in forward or backward,
(cms) n Then
k
� m �y � z � �
� Average age = � x � � years � cms � "x"
� n �
New Average = k � x/2

137
 Arithmetic
4. If average of n observations is a but the average (ii) Average of remaining numbers
becomes b when one observation is eliminated,
then value of eliminated observation = n(a–b)+b
ny � mx
n a � (if n > m)
n�m
b =n(a– 3. If from (n + 1) numbers, the average of first n
b) + b numbers is 'F' and the average of last n numbers
5. If average of n observations is a but the average is 'L', and the first number is 'f' and the last
becomes b when a new observation is added, then number 'l' then
value of added observation = n(b–a) + b
(n + 1) n 'F'
n a
n 'L' 'f' 'l'
b
= n(b–a) + b f – l = n(F – L)
6. We have n observations out of which some 4. If the average of 'n' observations is 'x' and from

r
observations (a1, a2, a3....) are replaced by some these the average of 1st 'm' observation is 'y' and
other new observations and in this way, if the the average of last 'm' observations is 'z' then

Si
average increase or decreases by b, then value of
'n' 'x' 'm'
new observations
'y' 'm'
n (a1, a2, a3....)
'z'
mth observation = m(y + z) – nx

p
b (m + 1)th observation = nx – m(y + z)
=a nb
Where/ , a = a1 + a2 + a3 + ....
a When data is misread
1. If average of n numbers is m but later on it was

on
t
Note: In this formula, the signs of '+' and '–' depend found that a number 'a' was misread as 'b'. The
upon the increment or decrement in the average correct average will be
ti
a
'+' '–' n m
ca

'a' 'b'
Pr
i
bl

7. Mathe matical ope ration performed on each

�m�
�a � b�
Pu

observation results in same effect on the average. n

2. If the average of n numbers is m but later on it
was found that two numbers a and b misread as p
on
n

Related to numbers and q.

pi

1. If there are 3 natural numbers and average of any n m

ga

two number when added with third number gives a b p q

am

a, b, c. Then natural numbers.

�a � b � p � q �
3 The correct average = m�
Ch

n
a, b c
Miscellaneous
Ga

� a +b + c � 1. If the average of n students in a class is a, where

Sum of number = � 2
� =k
� � average of passed students is x and average of
First number = 2a–k failed students is y, then
Second number = 2b – k n a
Third number = 2c – k x y
2. If the average of m numbers is x and out of these Number of students passed/
'm' numbers the average of n numbers is y. (or n �a � y �
vice ve rsa) the n the ave rage of re maining = x �y
numbers will be
� �
m x 'm' n 2. Bowling Average =
y Total runs given
Total wickets taken
3. Batting Average =
(i) Average of remaining numbers
Total runs scored
mx � ny
= (if m > n) Total number of innings played
m�n

138
 Arithmetic

Time & Work

1. If M1 men finish W1 work in D1 days, working T1 3. If A can do a work in 'x' days. B can do the same
time each day and M2 men finish W2 work in D2 work in 'y' days, C can do the same work in 'z'
days, working T2 time each day then days then, total time taken by A, B and C to
complete the work together
M1 W1 D1 T1
A 'x' B
M2 W2 D2
'y' C 'z'
T2
A, B C
M1D1T1 M2D 2 T2
= 1 xyz

r
W1 W2 � �
1 1 1 xy � yz � zx
� �

Si
Ex. 5 men can finish a work in 10 days working 8 x y z
hours each day. How many men will be needed to
m
finish the same work in 5 days working 4 hours 4. If A can finish part of the work in D days.
n
each day?
Then, total time taken to finish the work by A

p
n
= � D days
m

5 × 10 × 8 = m × 5 × 4
a A
m
n
D

on
t
m = 20
n
�D
ti
A
a
2. If A completes a piece of work in 'x' days and B
m
ca
completes the same work in 'y' days, then.
4
Pr

A 'x' B Ex. Rahul can finish th part of the work in 20 days.

i

5
bl

'y'
In how many days he will complete the work?
Pu

1
Work done by A in 1 day � 4
x
5
on
n

1
A 1 �
pi

x � Time taken to complete the work

ga
am

1 5
Work done by B in 1 day � y 4
× 20 = 25 days
Ch

5. If A and B can do a work in 'x' days B and C can do

1 the same work in 'y' days. C and A can do the
Ga

B 1 �
y same work in 'z' days. Then total time taken,
1 1 x �y 2
� Work done by A and B in 1 day � � � when A, B and C work together � OR
x y xy �1 1 1�
�x � y � z �
� �
1 1 x �y
A B � � �
x y xy 2xyz
xy + yz + zx
days
�Total time taken to complete the work by A and
A B 'x' B
� xy �
B both � � x � y � C 'y' C A
� �
'z' A, B C
A B
2 2xyz
� xy � �
�� �1 1 1� xy � yz � zx
� � � � �
�x �y � �x y z �

139
 Arithmetic
6. If A alone can do a certain work in 'x' days and A
and B together can do the same work in 'y' days
1
then B alone can do the same work in (E) � No. of days
A ‘x’ A
B 'y' B 1 1 1 E� k
E1 : E2 : E3 � : : , or, ED = k or, E1D1 =
D1 D2 D3 D
E2D2
� xy � Ex. 3 persons can complete the work in 3 days, 4 days,
�� � � days
�x �y� 5 days respectively. Find ratio of their efficiency?
Ex. If A can do a work in 8 days and A + B together can 3 3 4 5
do the same work in 5 days. Then B alone can do
the work in how many days? Persons � A B C
A A+B Time � 3 4 5

r
B �1 1 1�

Si
Efficiency �� � 3 � � � × 60 (LCM)
5�
� 4
Time taken by B alone 20 : 15 : 12
8�5 40 10. If the efficiency to work of A is twice the efficiency
= = days to work of B, then,
8�5 3

p
7. If food is available for 'x' days for 'A' men at a A : B (efficiency) = 2x : x and A : B (time ) = t : 2t
certain place and after 'y' days 'B' men join, then A B
the remaining food will serve total men for
'A' 'x'
a A:B 2x : x A:B t : 2t
11. If A can do a work in 'x' days and B is R% more

on
t
A 'y' 'B' efficient than A then 'B' alone will do the same
ti
a
100
ca
work in x 100 � R days
Required time � �
Pr
i

A �x � y � A 'x' B A
bl

� days
� A � B�
Pu

100
R% 'B' x �100 � R �
Ex. If food is available for 60 days for 35 men. After 15
days 10 new men join, then remaining food will
on
n

serve total men for?

Ex. A can do a work in 10 days. B is 20% more efficient
pi

35 60 15 than A. Then B alone do the same work in?

ga
am

10 A B A
B
Ch

35(60 � 15) 100

Ga

Required time = = 35 days B alone will do = 10 ×

35 � 10 100 � 20
8. If A men or B boys or C women can do a certain 100
work in 'x' days then A1 men B1 boys and C1 women = 10 ×
120
can do the same work in 25
A B C 'x' �� days
3
A1 B1 C1 12. A can do a work in 'm' days and B can do the same
work in 'n' days. If they work together and total
wages is R, then.
x A 'm' B
Time taken �
A1 B1 C1
� � 'n'
A B C
R
9. The comparison of rate of work done is called
efficiency of doing work. n
Part of A A � �R
1 �m � n�
Efficiency (E) � No. of days
m
Part of B B � �R
� � n�
m

140
 Arithmetic
13. If A, B and C finish the work in m, n and p days
respectively and they receive the total wages R,
then the ratio of their wages is
A, B C m, n p
R
1 1 1
: :
m n p
14. If A working alone takes x days more than A & B
and B working alone takes y days more than A &
B. Then the number of days taken by A & B
working together to finish a job �� xy days.
A A B x

r
B A B y A

Si
B
�� xy
Ex. If A working alone takes 4 days more than A and
B and B working alone takes 9 days more than A

p
and B working together. Then the number of days
taken by A and B working together to finish a job?
A A B 4 a
on
B A B 9
t
A B ti
a
ca

� Time taken by A and B together

Pr
i

A B
bl
Pu

= 4 � 9 = 6 days
on
n
pi
ga
am
Ch
Ga

141
 Arithmetic

Pipe & Cistern

Amount of water released or filled = Rate × time. Ex. If a pipe fills a tank in 20 hours but it takes 4
× hours more to fill it due to leakage in the tank. If
1. Two taps 'A' and 'B' can fill a tank in 'x' hours and the tank is filled completely, then in how many
'y' hours respectively. If both the taps are opened hours it will be empty?
together, then how much time it will take to fill 20
the tank? 4
'A' 'B' 'x' 'y'

20 � (20 � 4)

r
Required time =
4

Si
� xy � = 5 × 24 = 120 hours
Required time = � � hrs
� x +y �
5. A tap 'A' can fill a tank in 'x' hours and 'B' can
2. Two taps 'A’ and 'B' can empty a tank in 'x' hours empty the tank in 'y' hours. Then (a) time taken
and 'y' hours respectively. If both the taps are to fill the tank

p
opened together, then time taken to empty the
'A' 'x' 'B'
� xy �
tank will be Required time � � x � y � hrs
� �
a 'y' (a)

on
t
'A’ 'B’ 'x’ 'y’ when both are opened
ti
a
� xy �
ca
�� �:x � y
� xy � �x �y �
Pr

�� �
i

�x �y�
bl

(b) time taken to empty the tank

3. If x, y, z,........... all taps are opened together then,
Pu

the time required to fill/empty the tank will be:

when both are opened
x, y, z,...........
on
n

� xy �
�� �:y � x
pi

�y � x �
1 1 1 1
ga

� � � .... �
am

x y z T 6. Two taps A and B can fill a tank in x hours and y

hours respectively. If both the pipes are opened
where T, is the required time. together, then the time after which pipe B should
Ch

T be closed so that the tank is full in t hours

Ga

Note: Positive result shows that the tank is filling A B x y

and Negative result shows that the tank is getting
x
empty.
t
� � t ��
Required time � �y �1 � �� hours
4. If a pipe fills a tank in 'x' hours but it takes 't' � � x ��
more hours to fill it due to leakage in tank. If tank
is filled completely, then in how many hours it
will be empty? [due to leakage outlet]
'x'
't'

x �x + t �
Required time=
t

142
 Arithmetic

Time, Speed & Distance

� Distance = D, Speed = S, Time = T

If they meet after 't' hours then t = t1 · t 2
D D
� D = S × T, S = , T = 't' t= t1 · t 2
T S
1km 1000m
5 Relative speed
1km/hr = 1Hr � 3600sec � m/sec 1. When the two objects travel in same direction:-
18

5
1km/hr = m/sec
18 � 30km/hr.

r
18 � 70 km/hr.
1 m/sec = km/hr.

Si
5
Relative speed = 70 – 30 = 40km/hr.
1 1 � Distance between man & bus in one hr. will be
Case-I:If D = constant S �� , T ��
T S 40 km.
D = S1T1 � S1T1 = S2T2 Relative speed = diff of speeds

p
� S1 = T2
S2 T1

720 km
a 2. When two objects travel in opposite direction:-

on
t
A B
S1 = 60 km/h S2 = 90 km/h ti�30 km/hr 70 km/hr�
a
ca
D = Constant Relative speed � 30+70 = 100 km/hr.
Pr

720
i

A= � 12 Hr. Relative speed = sum of both speeds.

bl

60
Pu

720 When train passes

B= � 8 Hr.
90
1. When train passes a pole or stationary man
on

Speed � 2 : 3
n

Time � 3 : 2
pi

Case-II: If time constant D � S S S

ga

L L
am

D1 = S1 T
D2 = S2 T Distance covered will be equal to length of train
Ch

D1 S1
=
Ga

D2 S 2 L
T=
Case-III: If speed constant D � T S
Dl = ST1 T = crossing time
D2 = ST2 2. When train passes a bridge/platform.
D1 T1
=
D2 T2
S
� If A and B starts walking towards each other. After LT LP
meeting each other. A covered his remaining
distance covered will be equal to length of train +
distance in t1 time and B covered his remaining
length of bridge/platform.
distance in t2 time. Then ratio of their speed is
= +
A B
A t1 B
t2 LT � LP
T�
S
A t2
� B= t
T= Crossing time
1

143
 Arithmetic
3. When a train pases another train in opposite
n
direction Average speed �
�1 1 1 1�
� � � � �
� s1 s 2 s 3 s 4 �
S1 S2
L1 L2 where n number of equal parts s1, s2, s3, ......... sn
are speeds.
distance covered = L1+L2 n s1, s2, s3, ......... sn
L1 � L 2 4. If a bus travels from A to B with the speed of x
T = S �S km/h and returns from B to A with the speed of y
1 2

4. When a train passes another train in same � 2xy �

direction. km/h, then the average speed will be � x � y �
� �
A B x
S1 slow S2
B A y

r
L1 L2
� 2xy �

Si
L + L2 � �
T= 1 �x �y�
S1 – S 2
Speed increase/decrease
5. When a train passes a person sitting in another
moving train 1. If an object increases/decreases its speed from x

p
km/hr to y km/hr. to cover a distance in t2 hours
in place of t1 hours then (Here (t2 – t1) will be given).
S1 S2
L1
a x
t1
y
t2

on
t
L1 (t2 – t1)
T� ti
a
Re lative Speed xy
ca
Distance � × (Change in time)
Average speed �Diff. of x and y �
Pr
i

1. If a man travels different distances d1, d2, d3, ..... or,

bl

and so on in different time t1, t2, t3 respectively

Pu

then, � Product of Speeds �

Distance = � � × (Change in time)
d1, d2, d3, ..... � Diff. in Speeds �
on
n

t1 , t 2 , t 3 2. If an object travels certain distance with the speed

pi

A
total travelled distance of of its original speed and reaches its
ga

Average speed = B
am

total time taken in

destination 't' hours before or after, then the time
travelling distance
taken by object travelling at original speed is
Ch

d1 � d2 � d 3 � ... A
Ga

=
t1 � t2 � t 3 � ... B
2. If a man travels different distances d1, d2, d3, ..... 't'
and so on with diffe re nt spe eds s 1, s 2 , s 3 ,
respectively then,
A
d1, d2, d3, ..... Time = × time (in hour)
� Diff. of A and B �
s 1, s 2, s 3
3. If a man travels at the speed of s1, he reaches his
� d � d2 � d3 � .....�
� 1
destination t1 late while he reaches t2 before when
Average speed
d1 d2 d3 he travels at s2 speed, then the distance between
� � � ....
s1 s 2 s 3 the two places is
3. If a distance is divided into n equal parts each s1 t1
travelled with different speeds, then, t2 s2
n

Distance � � s1 � s2 � � � t1 � t2 �
s 2 � s1

144
 Arithmetic
Some important points 'a' 'x' m/s
1. Formula to calculate the no. of rounds. 'b' 'y' m/
Circular Distance = (circumference) × No of s
rounds,
×
D=2 r×n �a�b�
�� � seconds
2. If any one overtakes or follows another, then time �x �y�
taken to catch
6. If a train crosses a standing man/a pole in 't1' sec
time and crosses 'P' meter long platform in 't2' sec
distance between them P � t1
� time, then length of the train � t � t
Relative speed � 2 1�

r
or, meeting time 't1'
'P' 't2'
� Speed of 1st traveller � � time

Si
�
� Diff. of speeds � �
P � t1
� t2 � t1 �
Total travelled distance to catch the thief
7. If two trains of (same lengths) are coming from

p
same direction and cross a man in t1 and t 2
�
� Product of speeds � � time seconds, then time taken by both the trains to
� Diff. of speeds � a 2 � Product of time
cross each other � Diff. of time
3. Formula to calculate the no. of poles,

on
t
ti
a
Distance = (n – 1)x t1 t2
ca
where n = No. of poles.
Pr

x = distance between consecutive two poles.

i

2 � Product of time
bl

x �
Diff. of time
Pu

1 8. If two trains of same length are coming from

4. If a man covers part of Journey at u km/h,
x opposite directions and cross a man in t1 seconds
on
n

1 1 and t2 seconds then time taken by both trains to

part at v km/h and part at w km/hr and so
pi

y z 2 � Product of time
ga

cross each other �

am

on, then his average speed for the whole journey Sum of time
will be
Ch

1 1 t1 t2
u
Ga

x y
2 � Product of time
�
1 Sum of time
v w
z 9. If a train of length l m passes a bridge/ platform of
'x' m in t1 sec, then the time taken by the same
train to cross another bridge/platform of length
1 'y' m is,
1 1 1
� � � .... �l � y �
xu yv zw Time taken � � � t1
�l � x �
5. Let 'a' metre long train is travelling with the speed
'x' m/s and 'b' metre long train is travelling with l 'x' t1
the speed 'y' m/s in the opposite direction on 'y'
parallel path. Then, time taken by the trains to
cross each other �l �y �
�� � t1
�l � x �

145
 Arithmetic
10. From stations A and B, two trains start travelling 12. A train covers a distance between stations A and
towards each other at speeds a and b, respectively. B in time t1. If the speed is changed by S then the
When they meet each other, it was found that one time taken to cover the same distance is t2. Then
train covers distance d more than that of another the distance (D) between A and B is given by
train. The distance between stations A and B is A B t1
given as
S
A B a b
t2 A B (D)

d
A B � t t � � S' �
D � S � 1 2 � or � � t1t 2
� t1 � t 2 � � t ' �
�a � b�
� � ��d Where 't' : change in the time taken
�a � b�
't'
11. Excluding stoppage, the average speed of a train

r
is u and with stoppage its average speed is v. Then,

Si
the stoppage time per hour
u
v
Diff. between their average speed
�

p
Speed without stoppage

�
u� v
u
a
on
t
With u > v and u, v � 0
ti
a
ca
Pr
i
bl
Pu
on
n
pi
ga
am
Ch
Ga

146
 Arithmetic

Boat & Stream

1. Speed of boat in still water = xkm/hr

x �1 1 �
xkm/hr � � � km / hr
2 � t1 t 2 �
Speed of current/stream = ykm/hr
ykm/hr x �1 1�
� Spe ed of boat in same direction of stream speed of stream = 2 � t � t � km / hr
� 1 2 �
= downstream = D = x + y
5. If a swimmer takes same time to travel d1 km
downstream and d2 km upstream, then,
=D=x+y

r
d1 d2
� Speed of boat in opposite direction of stream =

Si
upstream = U = x – y
=U=x– Speed of swimmer or boat d1 � d 2
�
y Speed of stream d1 � d2
D�U 6. A swimmer or boat travels a certain distance
� x>y x= = Speed of boat.

p
2 upstream in t1 hours, while it takes t2 hours to
travel same distance downstream. then,
D�U

D>U
y=
2
= Speed of stream. a t1
t2

on
t
2. Let the speed of boat is x km/h and speed of stream ti
is y km/h. To travel d1 km downstream and d2 km
a
Speed of swimmer t1 � t2
upstream, the time is 't' hours, then
ca
�
Speed of stream t1 � t2
x y
Pr
i

7. Let the speed of stream be y km/h and speed of

bl

d1 d2
boat be x km/h. A boat travels equal distance (d)
Pu

't' upstream as well as downstream in 't' hours, then

d1 d2 y x
� �t
on
n

x �y x �y 't'
3. If the speed of a boat or swimmer in still water is
pi
ga

a km/hr and river is flowing with a speed of b

am

km/hr. then average speed in going to a certain d d

� � t,
place and coming back to starting point is given x �y x �y
Ch

(a � b)(a � b) t( x 2 � y 2 )
by = km/hr
Ga

a d is the fixed distance or, d =

2x
a b
t(x 2 � y 2 )
d d=
2x
(a � b)(a � b)
2dx
a t = x 2 – y2

8. If a boat travels in downstream and upstream.

4. If a man or a boat covers x km distance in t1 hours then,
along the direction of stream (downstream) and
covers the same distance in t2 hours against the
stream i.e. upstream, then Sum of distances d1 � d 2
Speed of boat = =
t1 2 � time 2 � time
x Difference of distances d1 � d2
t2 Speed of stream = =
2 � time 2 � time
speed of man/boat =

147
 Arithmetic

Race

1. Race:- ���x � A beats B by d metres. Ex: A gives B a start of 200 m and still beats him by 5
x �A B sec in a race of 1 km. Find the speed of B it speed
��� d
of A is 10 m/sec.
x
A A A, B 200 1
x–d d
B 5 B A
Time is same 10
Hence, D � S
1000 � 200 800
� distance & speed ratio same Speed of B B = =

r
1000 105
�5
DA SA x 10

Si
= =
DB SB x -d
13
Example:- � 7 m/sec
21
400m race — A give a start of 50m to B and still 5. A and B walk around a circle of circumference ‘p’
beat him by 80m with speeds SA and SB respectively. If they start

p
400 A B 50 simultaneously from the same point, the time
80 after which they will be together again for the first
DA
�
400
�
40
a time

on
A B SA SB ‘p’
t
DB 270 27
ti
a
SA 40
� S � 27
ca
B
Pr

2. If in a race of length L, the time taken by A and B P Circumference

i

= S � S = Re lative Speed =
bl

be tA and tB (tB > tA), then the distance (d) by which A B

A beats B given by,
Pu

Ex: A and B walk around a circle of circumference

L A B tA tB 132 m with speeds 18 m/sec and 7 m/sec
(tB > tA) (d) A B respectively. If they start simultaneously from the
on
n

same point, the time after which they will be

�L�
pi

d � � � (t – t ) together again for the first time?

ga

� tB � B A A B 18 7
am

or, d = B’s speed × (tB – tA) 132

3. If in a race of length L, A can give B a start of ‘b’
Ch

and C a start of ‘c’ then the start that B can give C.

Ga

L A B ‘b’
C ‘c’ B C 132 132
� = 12 sec
18 � 7 11

�c�b�
= L� �
�L �b�
4. If A gives B a start of distance ‘d’ and still beats
him by time ‘t’ in a race of length ‘L’. then B’s
speed is
A B ‘d’ ‘L’
‘t’ B
L �d Dis tan ce cov ered by B
SB � �
L Total time taken by B
�t
SA

Where, SA : A’S speed SA : A

148
 Permutation & Combinations

Fundamental Principle of Counting (vi) n–1

Pr+r�n–1Pr–1= nPr
n
Pr
� If an event can occur in m different ways, following (vii) n =n–r+1
Pr �1
which another event can occur in n different ways,
then the total no. of occurrence of the events in Factorial notation The notation (n!) represents
the product of first n natural number.
the given order is m × n.
n! n
m
n

r
m×n n! = 1 × 2 × 3 × .............. × (n-1) × n

Si
Ex. Mohan has 3 pants and 2 shirts. How many 1! = 1
different pairs of a pant and a shirt, can be dress 2! = 2 × 1 = 2
up with? 3! = 3 × 2 × 1 = 6

p
3 2 4! = 4 × 3! = 4 × 3 × 2! = 4 × 3 × 2 × 1 = 24
5! = 5 × 4! = 5 × 4 × 3! = 5 × 4 × 3 × 2! = 5 × 4 × 3
For every choice of a pant, there are two choices a × 2 × 1 = 120

n
of shirt.
t
Note 0! = 1
o
ti
a
n!
n
Pr = � n � r � ! , o < r < n (Repetition not allowed)
a
Therefore � 3 × 2 = 6 pairs of pant and shirt.
ic
Pr

�3×2=6 Note:-
bl

Permutation n
Pn = n!
Pu

� A permutation is an arrangement in a definite n

Po = 1
order of a number of objects taken some or all at
on

n!
n

a time. When n = r ��nPn = = n!

o!
pi
ga

� The number of permutations of n different objects

am

taken 'r' at a time where repetition is allowed = nr

� Mathematically The number of ways of arranging 'r' n
Ch

n distinct objects in a row taking r(0<r�n) at a

= nr
Ga

time is denoted by P(n, r) or nPr.

� The number of permutations of n objects, where
r(0<r�n) n
p objects are of same kind and rest are all different
P(n,
n!
r) n
Pr
p!
n! n p
i.e. Pr � n � r !
n

� �
n!
Properties of Permutation p!
(i) n
Pn=n(n–1)(n–2)...1 = n!
� The number of permutation of n objects, where
n! p1 objects are of one kind, p2 are of 2nd kind
(ii) n
P0= =1
n! ........... Pk are of kth kind and the rest if any are of
(iii) n
P1=n
n!
(iv) n
Pn–1=n! different kind is p ! p !........p !
1 2 k
(v) n
Pr = n�n–1Pr–1=n(n–1)�n–2Pr–2=n(n–1)(n–2)�n–3Pr–3

149
 n p1 Each team is a combination of 3 different objects
p2 Pk K taken 2 at a time � 3C2
n! 3 2 �
p1 !p2 !........p k ! 3
C2
Combination n!
n
Cr = r ! � n � r � ! If r = n then nCn = 1
� Each of the different groups or selections which
can be made by some or all of a number of given
things without reference to the order of the things 3! 3�2
� No. of teams = 3C2 = 2! � 3 � 2 � ! = =3
in each group is called a combination. 2
n
Co = 1
Relation between permutation and combination
� Mathematically The number of combinations of

r
n different things taken r at a time is � n
Pr = nCr × r!, o < r < n
n

Si
n! n!
r � n
Cn-r = nCr n
Cn-r = � n � r � ! � n � � n � r � � ! = � n � r � ! r !
� �
�n� n! = n Cr
C(n,r) or Cr or � r � i.e. nCr= r ! n � r ! , 0 � r � n
n
� � � � i.e selecting r objects out of n objects is same as

p
rejecting (n–r) objects.
Properties of Combination
n r (n–r)
(i) C0 = n Cn = 1
n

(ii) nC1 = n
a Ca = nCb ��a = b & n = a + b

n
n
�
t
(iii) nCr = nCn–r
o
� n
Cr + nCr-1 = n+1Cr
ti
(iv) If nCr = nCp, then either r = p or r + p = n
a
Fundamental Principles of Counting
a
n
Pr
ic

(v) Cr =
Pr

n
r! � There are two Fundamental Principles of Counting
bl

(vi) Cr + Cr–1 = Cr
n n n+1
Pu

(vii) n×n–1Cr–1=(n–r+1) nCr–1 1. Multiplication Principle

n � n � 1� If first operation can be performed in m ways and
on

n
n

n �1 n �2
(viii) Cr � r Cr �1 �
n
C r �2 then a second operation can be performed in n
r � r � 1�
pi

ways. Then, the two operations taken together can

ga

(ix) n
C0 + nC1 + nC2 +...+ nCn=2n be performed in mn ways. This can be extended
am

to any finite number of operations.

� In combination order is not important let us m
Ch

assume there are 3 players A, B, C. A team n

Ga

consisting of two players is to be formed. In how

many ways we can do it. mn
� 3 Teams possible
3 A, B, C 2. Addition Principle
If an operation can be performed in m ways and
another operation, which is independent of the
first, can be performed in n ways. Then, either of
� 3 the two operations can be performed in m + n
ways. This can be extended to any finite number
of mutually exclusive events.
m
AB BC CA n
m+n

Team 1 Team 2 Team 3

150
 Factorial
� For any natural number n, we define factorial as
n

n! or n = n(n–1)(n–2)... 3×2×1.
The notation n! represent the prdouct of first n
natural numbers.
n! n

Important Results Related to Factorial

(i) 0! = 1! = 1

r
(ii) Factorials of negative integers and fractions are

Si
not defined.

(iii) n! = n(n–1)! = n(n–1) (n–2)!

n!

p
(iv) = n(n–1)(n–2)...(r+1)
r!
(v) n!+1 is not divisible by any natural number
between 2 and n.c.
a
n
t
n!+1 n.c
o
ti
a
a
Exponent of a Prime p in n! n! p
ic
Pr

� If p is prime and p divides n!, then maximum

r
bl

exponent of prime p in n! is given by

Pu

p pr n! n!
p =
on
n

�n � � n � � n �
Ep (n!) � � � � � 2 � � � 3 � � ...
pi

�p � �p � �p �
ga
am
Ch
Ga

151
 Probability

Trial Ex. If a coin is tossed. 2 events will happen either

head or tail.
� Each trial is an action which results in one or
several outcomes. 2
All possible outcomes = 2 (Head or tail)
2
Ex. Each toss of a coin is a trial, each throw of a dice 1
is a trial. � Probability of an event getting a head =
2

r
1
=

Si
2
2. Let n be the total number of trials. The empirical
Probability (P(E) of an event E is given by� 1
Probability of an event getting a tail =
n E 2
(P(E) 1

p
=
No. of trials in which the event happened 2
P(E) =

Note:-
The total no. of trials a �
Complementary Events
Suppose we throw a dice

n
t
• The probability of each event lies between 0 and
o
ti
a
1. Let E ��event of getting a number greater than
a
0 1 4.
ic
Pr

• Sum of all the probabilities of an event is 1. E� 4

bl

1 F ��event of getting a number less than 4 or

Pu

equal to 4.
3. Trial All possible outcomes
F� 4 4
on
n

Getting a number not greater than 4 is same as

Toss of a coin 2 (Head & Tail) getting a number less than or equal to 4 i.e P(not
pi
ga

E) = P(F)
am

Dice is thrown � 6 (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6) 4 4

P(not E) = P(F)
Ch

Suppose a coin is tossed at random. We can � P(E) + P(F) = 1

Ga

�
reasonably assume that each outcome head or P(E) + P(not E) = 1
tail is as likely to occur as the other.
��P(E) + P( E )
� for an event E,
p( E ) = 1 – P(E)
P(E) = 1 – P( E )
� The outcomes head / tail are equally likely.
(E) and ( E ) are complementary events.

� The probability of getting a head or tail is (E) (E )

1 � O < P(E) < 1 Probability of an event lies between

= 0 and 1.
2
O < P(E) < 1 0 1
No. of outcomes favourable to an event(E)
P(E) = No. of all possible outcomes of the experiment

152
5. In a deck of cards ��52 Cards
��52 S
(iv) Event A subset of the sample space associated
with a random experiment is called event or case.
4 suits (13 card each)

(v) Elementary ( or S imple) Event An e ven t

Spades Hearts
Clubs Diamonds containing only one sample point is called
elementary event (or indecomposable event).

Black Colour � Clubs and spades

�
(vi) Compound Event An event containing more than
Red Colour � Hearts and Diamonds
one sample points is called compound event (or

r
� decomposable event).

Si
Cards in each suits (13) � 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10
Jack, queen, king, ace.
(13) � 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 (vii) Occurrence of an Event An event associated to
a random experiment is said to occur, if any one

p
Face Cards � King, Queen, Jack of the elementary events associated to it is an
outcome.
�
Total face card = 3 × 4 = 12
a
n
6. Probability of an event E + probability of the event
t
not E = 1.
o
ti
a
E + E =1 (viii) Certain Event An event which must occur,
a
whatever be the outcomes, is called a certain event
ic

� The probability of an event that can not happen

Pr

(or sure event).

is 0. Such an event is called impossible event.
bl
Pu

(ix) Impossible Event An event which cannot occur

on

� The probability of an event that is certain to

n

in a random experiment, is called an impossible

happen is 1. Such an event is called sure event. event.
pi

1
ga
am

Some Basic Definitions

Ch

(x) Favourable Outcomes Let S be the sample space

(i) Trial Performing an experiment is called a trial. associated with a random experiment and E ��S.
Ga

The number of times an experiment is repeated Then, the elementary events belonging to E are
is called the number of trials. known as the favourable outcomes to E.
S E ��S
E
(ii) Sample Space The set of all possible outcomes of E
a random experiment is called the sample space (xi) Equally likely Outcomes The outcomes of a
of the experiment and it is denoted by S. random experiment are said to be equally likely,
when each outcome is as likely to occur as the
S other.

(iii) Sample Point The outcome of an experiment is

called the sample point, i.e. the elements of set S
are called the sample points.

153
 Statistics

Mean � Median formula for grouped data

� Mean is the average of all the numbers in the given
data. Or �n �
The arithmetic mean is found by adding the �2 �f�
i
number & and dividing the sum of the total Lm + � f m �
� �
number of observations in the list. � �
Where
n � Total frequency

r
f � Cumulative frequency of class before the

Si
median class.
Sum of observations
Mean of observations =
Total no. of observations
fm� Frequency of the class median.
=

p
Ex. Data : 3, 4, 5, 5, 8, 9, 9, 9, 13, 15 i � Class width.
Sum = 80
Total observations = 10
a Lm � Lower boundary of the class median.

n
t
Mode
o
80
� Mean = =8
ti
a
10 � Mode is the most common number of the data.
a
Mediam
ic
Pr

� Median is the middle no., when data is arranged OR Mode is the most frequently occurring value
bl

in ascending order. Or in the list.

Pu

Median is the middle value in a list ordered from

smallest to largest.
Ex. 3, 4, 5, 5, 8, 9, 9, 9, 13, 15
on
n

9 is occurring 3 times 9, 3
pi

� Mode = 9
ga
am

� Mode for grouped data

� If number of observations is even
Mode of observations =L+h.
Ch

fm � f1
Ga

�n� �� n � � � fm � f1� � � fm � f 2 �
� � th term + �� � +1� th term
Median = � 2 � �� 2 � �
Where L = Lower limit of the modal class.
2
� If number of observations is odd. L=
h = Size of the class interval.
h=
� n � 1�
Median = � 2 � th term. fm = Frequency of the modal
� �
fm =
Ex.1 3, 4, 5, 5, 8, 9, 9, 9, 13, 15
f1 = frequency of the class preceding the modal
8�9 17 class.
Median = = = 8.5
2 2
f1 =
Ex.2 3, 4, 5, 5, 8, 9, 9, 9, 13, 15, 16
f2 = frequency of the class succeeding the modal
n �1 11 � 1 class.
Median = th term �6th term ��9
2 2 f2 =

154
 Range Frequency
� Range is the difference between the largest � The frequency (f) of a particular value is the
number and smallest number of data. number of times the value occurs in the data.
(f)

Ex. 3, 4, 5, 5, 8, 9, 9, 9, 13, 15 Ex. 3, 4, 5, 5, 8, 9, 9, 9, 13, 15

Range ��15 – 3 = 12 5 2
Mean Deviation
Frequency of 8 1
� The average deviation from the mean value of the
given data set. 9 3
Frequency Distribution
Ex. 3, 4, 5, 5, 8, 9, 9, 9, 13, 15 mean = 8 � It is a representation either in a graphical or

r
���������������������������������������� tabular format that displays the number of
Deviation�5 4 3 3 0 1 1 1 5 7 sum = 30 observations within a given interval.

Si
from mean
30
�Mean deviation = =3 Ex. The height of 50 students measured as :
10
50

p
Variance
161, 150, 154, 165, 168, 161, 154, 162, 150, 151,
� Variance is the expected value of the squared
a
variation of a random variable from its mean value.
OR Variance is the measure of how data points
162, 164, 171, 165, 158, 154, 156, 172, 160, 170,
153, 159, 161, 170, 162, 165, 166, 168, 165, 164,

n
154, 152, 153, 156, 158, 162, 160, 161, 173, 166,
t
differ from the mean.
o
161, 159, 162, 167, 168, 159, 158, 153, 154, 159.
ti
a
Frequency distribution from this data
a
ic
Pr
bl

Class Interval Frequency

Ex. 3, 4, 5, 5, 8, 9, 9, 9, 13, 15 mean = 8
Pu

����������������������������������������
150-155 12
Deviation�5 4 3 3 0 1 1 1 5 7
on

155-160 9
n

from ����������������������������������������
160-165 14
pi

mean 25 16 9 9 0 1 1 1 25 49 sum 136

ga

165-170 10
am

136 170-175 5
variance = = 13.6
10 Total 50
Ch

Standard Deviation Frequency Polygon

Ga

� The Standard Deviation is a measure of how � A line graph of class frequency plotted against
spread out numbers are. class midpoint. It can be obtained by joining the
midpoints of the tops of the rectangles in the
histogram.
� Standard deviation =

var iance = 13.6

155
 Clock & Calandar

Clock

Clocks consists of two arms, longer arm which shows minute is called minute hand and shorter arm
which shows hour is called hour hand.

Dial
Dial of a clock is a circle, whose circumference is divided into 12 equal parts called 'hour space'. Each
hour space is further divided into 5 parts, called 'minute space'.
12
5
Some Important Results

r
(i) The minute hand is 12 times faster than hour hand. 12

Si
(ii) In an hour, the minute hand covers 60 min spaces, while hour hand covers 5 min spaces. So, in an hour,
the minute hand gains 55 min space.
60 5
55

p
55 55
(iii) Minutes space gained by minute hand in 1 min=
ta 60
. 1 =
60

n
(iv) In 1 h, minute hand covers 360°, so in one minute it covers 6°.
1 360° 6°io
a
at
360�
ic

(v) In 1 h, hour hand covers = 30°, so in one minute, hour hand covers (1/2)°. So, in 1 min, the minute
Pr

12
bl

� 1�
Pu

hand gains � 5 � � .
� 2�
on
n

360�
1 = 30° (1/2)° 1
12
pi
ga
am

� 1�
�5 ��
� 2�
Ch

(vi) In 1 h, both the hands coincide once, but in 12 h, they coincide 11 times.
Ga

1 12 11
(vii) Two hands are at right angle, when they are 15 min space apart, this happens two times in an hour, but
22 times in 12 h.
15 12 22
(viii)Two hands are in opposite direction when they are 30 min space apart, this happens one time in an hour
and 11 times in 12 h.
30 12 11

5
(ix) If both hands start together from the same position, both will coincide after 65 min.
11

5
65
11

156
 Clock & Calandar
5
(x) Slow Clock A clock in which both hands coincide at an interval more than 65 min, is called slow clock.
11

5
65
11

5
(xi) Fast Clock A clock in which both hands coincide at an interval less than 65 min, is called fast clock.
11

5
65
11

11
(xii) Angle between the hour hand and minute hand is given by = 2 M � 30H

11

r
= 2 M � 30 H

Si
(xiii)If hour hand and minute hand coincide at xx : yy, then xx : yy
60
yy � � xx
11

p
� 60 �
(xiv) Between x and (x + 1) O'clock, the two hands will coincide at = 5×x× � � min past x.
� 55 �
ta
� 60 �

n
x (x + 1) x = 5×x× � � min.
� 55 �
io
a
at
� 5 �
� x � 65 11 �
ic
Pr

(xv) For a slow clock, total time lost in n hours � n � 60 � � � min. where, x is the time in which the
x
bl

� �
� �
Pu

hands of slow clock coincide.

on

� 5 �
n

� x � 65 11 �
x �� n � 60 � � �
pi

� x �
ga
am

� �
Ch

� 5 �
� 65 11 � x �
(xvi) For a fast clock, total time gained in n hours = n � 60 � � min. where, x is the time in which the
Ga

� x �
� �
hands of the fast clock coincide.

� 5 �
� 65 11 � x �
= n � 60 � � x
� x �
� �

157
 Clock & Calandar

Calendar

� Calendar is a measure of time having day as the smallest unit.

� Ordinary Year A year having 365 days, is called ordinary year.

365
� Leap Year A year having 366 days, is called leap year.
366
� Odd Days Number of days more than the complete numbers of weeks in a given period is called odd days.

r
Important Points Related to Calendar
(i) Every year, except a centurial year is a leap year, if it is divisible by 4.

Si
4
(ii) Every 4th century is a leap year. A centurial year is a leap year, if it is divisible by 400.
400
(iii) An ordinary year has only one odd day.

p
(iv) A leap year has only two odd days. ta
(v) 100 yr i.e. 1 century contains
76 + 24 × 2 = 76 + 48 odd days

n
= 124 odd days
io
a
= 17 weeks + 5 odd days
at
So, 100 year have 5 odd days. 100 5
ic
Pr

(vii) 200 year contain 5 × 2 odd days = 1 week + 3 odd days 200 5×2 =1 +3
bl

So, 200 year contain 3 odd days. 200 3

Pu

Similarly, 300 year contain 1 odd day 300 1

400 year contain 5 × 4 + 1 odd day = 21 odd days = 3 week
on
n

400 5×4+1 = 21 =3
pi

i.e. 400 year contain no odd days 400

ga

(viii) Last day of a century can not be either Tuesday, Thursday or Saturday.
am
Ch

(ix) The first day of a century must be either Monday, Tuesday, Thursday or Saturday.
Ga

Some Important Rules of Calender

Rule 1 1
Normal year Leap year Century year
The year which is not fully The year which if fully divisible The year which is fully divisible by
divisible by 4 by 4 100
4 4 100
365 days in a normal year 366 days in a leap year When century year is divisible by
365 366 400 it is called leap year otherwise it
is normal year
400

Days in Feb = 28 1900 � Normal year

= 28 2000 ��Leap year

158
 Clock & Calandar
Rule 2 2
Codes for normal year/Leap year and century
Month Name Jan. Feb. Mar. April May June July Aug. Sep. Oct. Nov. Dec.
Simple year 1 4 4 0 2 5 0 3 6 1 4 6
Leap year 0 3 4 0 2 5 0 3 6 1 4 6
Century 1200+ 1300+ 1400+ 1500+ 1600+ 1700+ 1800+ 1900+ 2000+ 2100+ 2200+ 2300+
Code 6 4 2 0 6 4 2 0 6 4 2 0
Rule 3 3
How to find the number of leap years between two given years.
� Generally gap between two leap years is 4 years. 4
� Sometimes when century year comes between the gap between two leap years may be 8 years.
8

r
Example After 1696 next year would be 1704 because 1700 is not a leap year.

Si
1696 1704 1700
Find number of leap year
Step-1 -1

p
Divide the given years of 4 and note down the quotient.
Step-2 -2 ta
Subtract from the quotient the number of century year which are not leap year to get the number of leap
years.

n
Example 1. 1. io
a
at
15
Find number of leap years in first 15 years � , Quotient = 3
ic

4
Pr
bl

15
15 � =3
Pu

4
� Number of leap years = 3 =3
on

Example 2. 2.
n

300
pi

Find number of leap years in first 300 years � , Quotient = 75

ga

4
am

300
300 � = 75
4
Ch

Normal century years = 100, 200, 300 = 100, 200, 300

Ga

� Number of leap years = 75 – 3 = 72 = 75 – 3 = 72

Rule 4 4
� The remainder obtained by dividing the number of days by 7, will be called odd days.
7
Day Codes for the odd days
Sunday � 1
Monday � 2
Tuesday � 3
Wednesday � 4
Thursday � 5
Friday � 6
Saturday � 0

159
 Clock & Calandar
Rule 5 5
� 6 step formula to find day for a particular date. 6
Example
What was day on 26 November 2016 ? 26 2016
Step-1 -1

26 26
Divide the date by 7 and take remainder ,R=5 7 ,R=5
7 7
Step-2 -2
Take month code, November = 4 =4
Step-3 -3

16

r
Divide the last 2 digit of the year by 7 and take remainder ,R=2
7

Si
16
2 7 ,R=2
7
Step-4 -4

p
16
Divide the last 2 digit of the year by 4 and take quotient , Quotient = 4
ta 4

16
2 4 =4

n
4
Step-5 -5 io
a
at
Take century code ���������� 6 ��2000 +�� 6
ic
Pr

Step-6 -6
bl

Take sum of all values from step-1 to step 5 and divide by 7. 1 5 7

Pu

5�4�2�4�6 21
= , Remainder =0
on

7 7
n

Remainder obtained will be day code

pi
ga

� Code 0 is for Saturday � 0

am

� 26 November, 2016 � Saturday � 26 2016 �

Ch
Ga

160